the role of culture: promoting positive...

218
Role of Culture: Promoting Positive Attitudes in the Second- and Foreign-Language Classroom Item Type text; Dissertation-Reproduction (electronic) Authors Wright, David Allan, 1964- Publisher The University of Arizona. Rights Copyright © is held by the author. Digital access to this material is made possible by the University Libraries, University of Arizona. Further transmission, reproduction or presentation (such as public display or performance) of protected items is prohibited except with permission of the author. Download date 15/07/2018 09:33:42 Link to Item http://hdl.handle.net/10150/565577

Upload: hoangliem

Post on 04-Jul-2018

219 views

Category:

Documents


1 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

Role of Culture: Promoting Positive Attitudes inthe Second- and Foreign-Language Classroom

Item Type text; Dissertation-Reproduction (electronic)

Authors Wright, David Allan, 1964-

Publisher The University of Arizona.

Rights Copyright © is held by the author. Digital access to this materialis made possible by the University Libraries, University of Arizona.Further transmission, reproduction or presentation (such aspublic display or performance) of protected items is prohibitedexcept with permission of the author.

Download date 15/07/2018 09:33:42

Link to Item http://hdl.handle.net/10150/565577

Page 2: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

THE ROLE OF CULTURE:

PROMOTING POSITIVE ATTITUDES IN THE

SECOND- AND FOREIGN-LANGUAGE CLASSROOM

by

David Allan Wright

Copyright © David Allan Wright 1997

A Dissertation Submitted to the Faculty o f the

GRADUATE INTERDISCIPLINARY PROGRAM IN SECOND LANGUAGE

ACQUISITION AND TEACHING

In Partial Fulfillment o f the Requirements

For the Degree o f

DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY

In the Graduate College

THE UNIVERSITY OF ARIZONA

1 9 9 7

Page 3: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

2

THE UNIVERSITY OF ARIZONA ®GRADUATE COLLEGE

As members of the Final Examination Committee, we certify that we have read the dissertation prepared by David. Allan Wright < , ’ - ;

entitled ________________ The Role of Culture:____________ _________ _

________ ■_________Promoting .Positive Attitudes in the________

_____________Second- and Foreign-Language Classroom__________

and recommend that it be accepted as fulfilling the dissertation requirement for the Degree of Ph.D.__________________________

. .a ^

Date6 - / f - f V

Date

1Date

Date

Date

Final approval and acceptance of this dissertation is contingent upon the candidate’s submission of the final copy of the dissertation to the Graduate College.

I hereby certify that I have read this dissertation prepared under my direction and recommend that it be accepted as fulfilling the dissertation requirement.

f* - j y - 97Date

Page 4: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

3

STATEMENT BY AUTHOR

This dissertation has been submitted in partial fulfillment o f requirements for an

advanced degree at The University o f Arizona and is deposited in the University Library

to be made available to borrowers under rules o f the Library.

Brief quotations from this dissertation are allowable without special permission,

provided that accurate acknowledgment o f source is made. Requests for permission for

extended quotation from or reproduction of this manuscript in whole or in part may be

granted by the copyright holder.

Page 5: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIST OF TABLES AND ILLUSTRATIONSLIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS............................ABSTRACT............................ .........................

1. INTRODUCTION TO THE PROBLEM........................................ ........................ 101.1 STATEMENTS OF THE OBJECTIVES OF THIS STUDY................ 181.2 OVERVIEW OF PROCEDURES.............................................................. 19

1.2.1 Instruments.................................................................. 211.2.2 Treatment Group............................................................................221.2.3 Comparison Group................... 231.2.4 Data Analysis.................................................................................. 25

1.3 ASSUMPTIONS AND LIMITATIONS..................... ............................ 251.3.1 Feasibility o f the Study.................................. ........................... . . 251.3.2 The Nature o f Attitude Measurement.................... ................... 271.3.3 Comparison o f Qualitative vs. Quantitative Methodologies

and Paradigms................................................................................ 281.3.4 Causality.................. 291.3.5 Transfer of Findings to Other Populations,................................ 291.3.6 Effect o f Anonymity....................................... 301.3.7 Demand Characteristics............... 31

1.4 IMPLICATIONS...................................................... .................................. 321.5 PREVIEW OF FOLLOWING CHAPTERS........................................... 33

2. REVIEW OF LITERATURE ON TEACHING CULTURE IN THEFOREIGN LANGUAGE CLASSROOM........................ ........................................34

2.1 PAST DEFINITIONS...................................................................................342.2 RATIONALES FOR TEACHING CULTURE........................................422.3 LANGUAGE, CULTURE, AND THE COMMUNICATIVE

CURRICULUM....................................................................... 462.4 THE MEANING OF CULTURE IN TODAY’S FOREIGN-

LANGUAGE CLASSROOM........................ 492.5 SUMMARY.................................. 52

3. RESEARCH DESIGN AND PROCEDURES.......... ....... ...... ....................... ....... 533.1 STATEMENT OF THE PROBLEM AND HYPOTHESES................... 533.2 RESEARCH QUESTIONS............. ........................................................ 553.3 VARIABLES........................................... 563.4 SAMPLE AND SUBJECTS............... 583.5 PEDAGOGICAL ORIENTATION OF COMPARISON AND

TREATMENT GROUPS...............................................................................60

00 ON

Page 6: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

TABLE OF CONTENTS

3.5.1 Detailed Description o f the Comparison Group...................... 623.5.1.1 The Strategy Lessons................................................... 633.5.1.2 The Strategy Portfolio............ .....................................66

3.5.2 Detailed Description o f the Treatment Group...........................683.5.2.1 The Experimental Culture Lessons............................723.5.2.2 The Culture Portfolio................................................... 73

3.6 DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF RESEARCH DESIGN...................... 793.6.1 Using Intact Groups........................ .................... ........................ 793.6.2 Characteristics o f the Treatment and Comparison Groups.... 813.6.3 Description of Instruments used for Quantitative Data

Collection..................... .................. ...............................................843.6.3.1 The Personal Data Sheet.... ........................................ 843.6.3.2 The Cross-Cultural Adaptability Inventory............. 873.633 The Attitudes Measurement Test Battery................. 933.6.3.4 The Beliefs About Language Learning Inventory... 94

3.6.4 Description o f Qualitative Data Collection Procedures..........963.6.4.1 Feedback from Strategy and Experimental

Culture Lessons.................... ........................................ 973.6.4.2 Classroom Observations and Teacher Interviews.... 1013.6.4.3 Student Interviews.................. 102

3.7 ANALYSIS OF DATA..................................... 1033.8 CHAPTER SUMMARY..................... 105

4. PRESENTATION AND ANALYSIS OF DATA................................................ 1064.1 THE MAIN HYPOTHESES AND RESEARCH QUESTIONS........... 1064.2 DATA ANALYSIS PROCEDURES......... .................................................. 1084.3 EXAMINATION OF CCAI DATA.... ...................................................... 112

4.3.1 Examination o f CCAI Validity..................................... ............. 1124.3.2 Comparison of Treatment Group and Comparison Group..... 1154.3.3 Comparison of CCAI Data and Modifier Variables............... 119

4.4 EXAMINATION OF AMTB DATA............. ............... ........................... 1204.4.1 Examination o f AMTB Validity................................................ 1204.4.2 Comparison o f Treatment Group and Comparison Group......1224.4.3 Comparison o f AMTB Data and Modifier Variables............. 126

4.5 EXAMINATION OF BALLI DATA................ 1264.5.1 Examination o f BALLI Validity...................................... 1264.5.2 Comparison ofPre- and Post-test results.................................. 128

4.6 SUMMARY............................... 130

Page 7: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

TABLE OF CONTENTS

5. SUMMARY, DISCUSSION, AND RECOMMENDATIONS............. .............. 1315.1 OBJECTIVES AND SUMMARY OF THE STUDY. .............. 1315.2 DISCUSSION AND IMPLICATIONS OF RESULTS...........................134

5.2.1 Cross-Cultural Adaptability.............. ......................................... 1345.2.2 Attitudes Towards Language Learning......... ............................ 1405.2.3 Modifier Variables.............................. .................. ....................... 1435.2.4 Beliefs about Language Learning.......... ............... .................... 144

5.2.4.1 The Difficulty o f Language Learning....................... 1455.2.4.2 Foreign Language Aptitude........................................ 1475.2.4.3 The Nature o f Language Learning............................. 1485.2.4.4 Strategies o f Communication and Learning............ 1495.2.4.5 Learner Motivation and Expectations....................... 1505.2.4.6 Summary.................................. 150

5.3 PEDAGOGICAL IMPLICATIONS........................... 1515.3.1 The Model........................... ......... ...................... .......................... 1525.3.2 Consciousness Raising and the Negotiation o f Culture........ 1585.3.3 The Application of Post-Communicative Language

Teaching................. ....................... .............................. ....... :....... 1595.3.3.1 Do my Lessons Promote Critical Thinking?............ 1615.3.3.2 Is my Approach to Teaching Student Centered? 1625.3.3.3 What is the Meaning o f “Culture” in my

Classroom?............................ 1625.4 RECOMMENDATIONS FOR FUTURE RESEARCH........................... 1645.5 SUMMARY................................... 165

APPENDIX A: Experimental Culture Lessons...................... ...................................... 167APPENDIX B: The Culture Portfolio........................................... ..................................172APPENDIX C: Strategy Lessons.....................................................................................182APPENDIX D: Example Items from the Cross Cultural Adaptability Inventory.... 185APPENDIX E: Attitudes Measurement Test Battery................................................... 186APPENDIX F: BALLI Items and Responses (percentages)........................... ........... 188

REFERENCES................ ......................................................... ........ ....... .......... .......... 200

Page 8: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

7

LIST OF TABLES

Table 1.1 Research Procedures............................................................................. . 20Table 1.2 Data for Analysis.............. ....................................................................... 21Table 1.3 Goals o f Lessons Related to Project Data.............................................24Table 3.1 Class Assignments by Group.................................................................. 60Table 3.2 Descriptive Statistics................................................................................83Table 3.3 Student Reactions to Culture and Strategy Lessons............................ 101Table 4.1 Descriptive Statistics and Results o f Z-tests on CCAI

Subscales and CCAI Total (pre-test).................................................... 116Table 4.2 Descriptive Statistics and Results o f /-tests on CCAI

Subscales and CCAI Total (gain scores)............................................. 117Table 4.3 Comparison o f CCAI Gain Scores and Modifier Variables.............. 120Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results o f /-tests on AMTB

Subscales and AMTB Total (pre-test)................................................. 123Table 4.5 Descriptive Statistics and Results o f /-tests on AMTB

Subscales and AMTB Total (gain scores)............ ........ ...................... 124Table 4.6 Comparison o f AMTB Gain Scores and Modifier Variables............ 126

Page 9: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

Illustration 4.1 Gain o f CCAI Subscales and Total.................................................. . 118Illustration 4.2 Gain o f AMTB Subscales and Total.................................................... 125Illustration 5.1 Prescriptiveness in Teaching......................................... ........................ 156

8

Page 10: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

9

ABSTRACT

This dissertation reports the findings of a study on culture teaching and learning in

four beginning German foreign-language classrooms at the University of Arizona. The study

involved eighty-nine students and employed a pre-test/post-format using a treatment and

comparison group (i.e. intact groups). Specifically, the study focused on critical language

and culture pedagogy as a tool to promote positive attitudes towards language learning and

cross-cultural adaptability. Informed by the theory of learning as a process, the study results

in a model for thorough qualitative and quantitative research in culture teaching and learning

in the language classroom, and a working model for implementing critical culture pedagogy

in language courses.

The instruments used in the study included Kelley and Meyer’s Cross-Cultural

Adaptability Inventory (CCAI) (1991), Gardner and Lambert’s Attitude Measurement

Test Battery (AMTB) (1972), and Horwitz’ Beliefs about Language Learning Inventory

(BALLI) (1988).

Quantitative and qualitative results indicated that the experimental culture lessons,

which included a culture portfolio, enhanced student attitudes toward cross-cultural

adaptability and language learning (as measured by the CCAI and AMTB respectively).

Findings also indicated that a learner’s background (i.e. age, sex, previous language-

learning experience, previous time spent abroad, etc.) did not have an affect on gain

scores. In addition to providing significant empirical evidence that students’ cross-

cultural adaptability and culture learning can be positively influenced by transformative,

process-oriented classroom practices, this dissertation presents a post-communicative

model o f language teaching that can be easily implemented in beginning second- and

foreign-language classrooms.

Page 11: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

10

1. INTRODUCTION TO THE PROBLEM

“Facts can’t be recounted; much less twice over, and far less still by different persons.What happens is that your wretched memory remembers the words

and forgets what’s behind them.” Augusto Roa Bastos,Paraguayan novelist. I the Supreme. 1974

Deeply rooted in the tradition of American foreign language education is the idea

that one cannot learn to speak a foreign language without simultaneously studying its use

in relation to the culture o f the people who speak it. Even the functional approaches to

language learning (supported in the sixties and early seventies) acknowledged, rather than

concealed, that when we teach language without teaching the culture in which it operates,

we end up teaching meaningless symbols or symbols to which students attach the wrong

meaning; without the proper cultural context, students associate American concepts or

objects with the foreign symbols (Politzer 1959, p. 100-1). A review o f the professional

literature on foreign language education since the early 1900s suggests wide-spread and

long-term agreement on this issue. The priority given to this objective may vary from

one period to another, but it has long been present in the thinking o f education in general,

humanities education, and language education. For example,

° Jesperson wrote in 1904 in his book How to Teach a Foreign Language that, “The highest purpose in the teaching o f languages may perhaps be said to be the access to the best thoughts and institutions o f a foreign nation, its literature, culture — in short, the spirit o f the nation in the widest sense o f the word.”

o In 1933, the Secondary Education Board o f Milton, Massachusetts, declared that the primary practical value of language study was “the breaking down of the barriers o f pro vincialism and the building up o f the spirit o f international understanding and friendliness, leading toward world peace.”

Page 12: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

11

0 in 1956, the Modem Language Association issued a policy statement titled Foreign Languages and International Understanding which addresses three contributions that learning another language can make to the achievement of international understanding and cooperation: 1) “Direct intercultural communication, 2) Experience of a foreign culture, and 3) Information about a foreign culture,” and adds: “The third contribution o f language learning to international understanding would be ineffective, were it not for the two other contributions which it uniquely makes,”

° Furthermore, the President’s Commission on Foreign Language and International Studies in 1979 declared in its report that “an international perspective is indispensable” and that “foreign languages, as a key to unlock the mysteries to other customs and cultures, can no longer be viewed as an educational or civic luxury.”

o Finally, the recently released National Standards for Foreign Languages (1995) also suggests that culture is key: “Communication is at the heart o f the human experience. The United States must educate students who are linguistically and culturally equipped to communicate successfully in a pluralistic American society and abroad.” (Quoted in Rivers 1981, p. 314)

Applied linguistic research has also stressed this need. Savignon’s 1972 definition

of communicative competence, for example, incorporated not only linguistic aspects into

the language learning process, but also socio/cultural:

Communicative competence may be defined as the ability to function in a truly communicative setting - that is, in a dynamic exchange in which linguistic competence must adapt itself to the total informational input, both linguistic and paralinguistic, o f one or more interlocutors, (p. 8)

Savignon argued that a “truly communicative setting” is one in which “real” or

“authentic” communication takes place, not one in which the teacher is doing a

question/answer drill based on a story, a dialogue in the book, or on some other ad hoc

data base from which the teacher already knows the answer, thereby rendering the

exchange o f information entirely unrealistic (Higgs & Clifford 1982, p. 58). In terms of

Page 13: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

12

the statement that “linguistic competence must adapt itself to the total informational

input,” she meant that learners should be ready to abandon the linguistic system per se of

the target language and instead seek out other communication strategies for making

themselves understood (Higgs & Clifford 1982, p. 58). Savignon concluded that both

cultural context and linguistic form need to become the focus o f language teaching, and

that the two together should assume importance as a socially shared communicative

resource. Thus, even when language teaching focuses on linguistic skill-acquisition (e.g.

to provide students with an ability to read a foreign language and to analyze and write in

a foreign language), the aims can remain communicative with an emphasis on oral

competence and the ability to communicate for practical purposes (Byram, Esarte-Sarries

and Taylor 1991, p. xiii). These and similar goals are well documented in the literature

by Canale and Swain (1980), Pennycook (1989 & 1990), Legutke and Thomas (1991),

Kramsch (1993), and Stagich (1995). The sum o f this research has been very successful

in bridging the gap between cultural/contextual and linguistic elements o f language

teaching. Kramsch, for example, has shown that the structures which speakers choose to

use and hearers choose to listen and respond to construct the very context o f

communication in which learning takes place. Rather than a dichotomy, then, Kramsch

has shown that learners need to understand that they have multiple options regarding the

way language is used in variable contexts o f use (Kramsch 1993, p. 5). One reason for

this is the unpredictability o f both learner needs and discoursal outcomes . In other words,

learners have both linguistic and cultural/contextual needs. If the teacher fails to address

Page 14: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

13

these issues, “it could lead to considerable frustration and demotivation when learners try,

and subsequently fail, to communicate after intensive personal investment and group

activity” (Legutke and Thomas, p. 61). Pennycook has also shown that to develop

language skills within a competency based curriculum, teachers must not only introduce

functional language skills, but must also integrate this with a learner’s need to investigate

his/her knowledge and cultural resources as a way to develop language skills (Pennycook,

p. 311).

This view that linguistic skill-acquisition and cultural/contextual aspects of

language are mutually supportive was taken into consideration in a model o f

communicative competence proposed by Canale and Swain in 1980 and modified by

Canale in 1983. The principle objective o f this model is to move teachers away from

teaching isolated words and sentences, and to channel learners’ energy into performing

communicative acts, which require a very broad view o f language learning. Instead of

focusing solely on the patterns o f a text mid discourse, Canale and Swain stressed that

meaning is derived from context and that language learners need to develop a variety o f

competencies. Their analysis o f communicative competence is also intended to

emphasize discourse and sociolinguistic features without neglecting the formal

(grammatical) aspects o f language (Stem 1992, p. 75):

Page 15: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

14

grammatical competence, concerned with the mastery o f grammatically correct language, with language code, etc.;

socio-linguistic competence, concerned with what is socially accepted language, i.e. with decisions about appropriateness o f language in context;

discourse competence, concerned with the ability to decode - negotiation - and encode coherent written and/or spoken text;

strategic competence, concerned with the knowledge and ability o f how to use language to communicate intended meaning and how to repair breakdowns that occur in communication. (Canale 1983, p. 57)

One o f the main points to be taken from this model is that language use is context-

specific, and that the communicatively competent language user will need to know how

to make appropriate choices from the various categories in order to fit the particular

situation in which communication occurs. The difficulty with communicative

approaches, however, has been how to narrow context so as to make it teachable:

We know from Hymes that situational contexts are really a most complex affair: besides medium, topic, tone, register, and genre, they also include the physical setting, the purpose o f the exchange, the relative roles and statuses o f the participants, the socially acceptable norms o f interaction.To this list we have to add the variable perceptions of all these factors by the interlocutors. (Kramsch and McConnell-Ginet 1992, p. 7).

When the emphasis in language teaching shifted from reading and writing to

listening and speaking, teachers not only had to re-assess the semantic and social aspects

o f language, but also the communicative needs o f their learners. The focus became that

which was needed for successful interaction with members o f another society and culture.

The semantic and social analysis of language made teachers more conscious o f the need

to contextualize language by reference to its use in settings learners were most likely to

Page 16: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

meet. These various factors encouraged teachers to introduce into their lessons

information about the way of life in the target culture (Byram, Esarte-Sarries and Taylor

1991, p. xiii).

Because o f the difficulty in narrowing cultural context (so as to make it

teachable), teachers often respond to this challenge by arbitrarily organizing situational

contexts and teaching them in the same way points o f grammar had formally been taught

(Kramsch and McConnell-Ginet 1992, p. 8). Learners, for example, learn ten ways to

apologize rather than ten ways to conjugate verbs (Kramsch and McConnell-Ginet 1992,

p. 8). Such strategies not only obscure the socially variable construction o f cultural

context, but they also reduce the notion o f culture into items or “facts” in a textbook, thus

ignoring the creative leeway people have in what they do and say and how they construe

and shape their sociolinguistic options (Kramsch and McConnell-Ginet 1992, p. 8). As a

result, providing learners with the means for communication has become such an

overriding principle that the content o f communication has been relegated to a negligible

status (Kempf 1995, p. 40).

The problem, however, is not a failure within the field to recognize that learning a

language is not enough in itself and that some kind o f cultural context is necessary (even

i f this only operates at the level o f explaining the use o f the formal and informal in a

language). Teachers acknowledge that language learning has a wide range o f aims -

including creating tolerance o f and insight into other cultures - but how these aims are

realized on a daily basis remains unclear (Byram, Esarte-Sarries, Taylor, Allatt 1991, p.

15

Page 17: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

16

104). In fact, it may be that the emphasis on the assessment o f the linguistic aim and its

associated objectives leads to little or no attempt to realize human or social aims (Byram,

Esarte-Sarries, Taylor, Allatt 1991, p. 104). One reason for this is that educators who

teach culture have not yet determined how much attention must be paid to students’

cultural patterns or about how much preparation must be done before students can accept

the phenomena o f a different culture (Mantle-Bromley 1994, p. 77). Accordingly,

teachers routinely rely on simplistic approaches to teaching culture, such as

uncomplicated facts, tour-guide details or so-called objective native culture (Kramsch

1993) (please see section 2.1 for a complete discussion of this type o f culture teaching).

Students are, thus, often exposed haphazardly to diverse cultural values and are thus not

shown a systematic way to acquire cultural competence:

Despite the development o f pupil activity in the learning o f the foreign language - under the banner o f ‘communicative language learning’ - the teaching o f culture remains didactic, oriented towards the transmission of information. It is, however, largely unsystematic, [and] guided only by the textbook. (Byram, Esarte-Sarries, Taylor, Allatt 1991, p. 118)

The result has been an on-going discussion among theorists and practitioners regarding

cultural context and the role it plays not only in developing second language competence,

but also self-realization, cross-cultural awareness, and tolerance with respect to foreign

cultures and peoples. The main point o f discussion is whether or not the

contextualization o f language teaching should operate at a deeper level than it does and

whether or not it should contribute more meaningfully tp learners’ understanding and

acceptance o f different cultures.

Page 18: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

17

As a result, the possibilities for teaching culture range from supplying students

with clearly identifiable facts about a culture on one side o f the continuum to bringing

about subtle affective changes in their desire or ability to value people who think, dress,

or act differently from themselves on the other side o f the continuum (Lafayette, p. 47).

Many in this field argue that it is exposure to the later end o f the continuum that

differentiates success or failure in becoming a competent speaker, reader, or writer in a

foreign language (Stagich 1995, p. 59). Without cultural context, according to Legutke

and Thomas, language learning becomes entrenched in goals which hinder learner needs:

Without a connection to content areas and representations o f the target culture, the stimulation o f self-discovery and self-disclosure in the language classroom will remain arbitrary and could further aggravate learner alienation, and thus be counterproductive to its initial intent.(Legutke and Thomas 1991, p. 50)

In developing cultural context o f a foreign language, it is easy to limit our objectives to

highlighting certain formal or historical aspects or products o f the target culture.

However, in order to encourage student awareness and appreciation o f things that are

“foreign”, it may be necessary to develop the concept o f culture as something that is

arbitrary. Since language is both a vehicle o f culture and the broadest, most

representative example o f it, it may be that our fullest appreciation o f diversity is best

developed through exposure to language that embraces diversity itself. In other words, it

is perhaps through exposure to the ambiguity o f culture that allows learners to understand

and begin accepting the intangible elements o f peoples or ideas that are different.

Language teachers, through the languages they teach, are in an ideal position to

Page 19: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

18

incorporate such an approach to developing cultural context into the foreign language

classroom.

To prepare university students for meaningful culture learning, teachers need to be

aware o f the role o f attitudes, the lengthy process involved of this kind o f learning, and

various learner abilities and characteristics. This present study is a contribution to a more

constructive discourse on teaching culture in the foreign language classroom.

1.1 STATEMENTS OF THE OBJECTIVES OF THIS STUDY

The essential purpose o f this study is to investigate the salient issues that concern

U.S. university students during their first semester o f foreign language study and to

provide foreign-language educators with a framework for integrating culture learning into

their classrooms, taking into account both the process that young adult learners go

through in accepting another culture and the potential difficulties that may arise in this

process.

Specifically, this study attempts to investigate the following hypothesis and

research questions:

Main Hypothesis

Beginning students o f German who learn about culture via a process- and learner-centered approach will demonstrate a measurable and statistically significant change in cross-cultural adaptability and in attitude towards language and culture learning compared to beginning students o f German who learn about culture via an information-acquisition approach.

Page 20: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

19

Research Questions

° Are the gain scores o f students in the treatment group (as measured by the Cross-Cultural Adaptability Inventory (CCAI) and the Attitudes and Motivation Test Battery (AMTB)) different from the gain scores o f students in the comparison group?

0 Do variables such as age, sex, year in school, major, previous language study, whether or not subject had spent time abroad, self-rated language- learning ability, interest, motivation (integrative or instrumental) or parental encouragement influence gain-score differences as analyzed in question one above?

° Do students enter German 101 with misconceptions, mistaken beliefs or both (as measured by the Beliefs about Language Learning Inventory (BALLI)) that could cause frustration in the language-learning process?

° Do students' attitudes (as measured by the BALLI) change after onesemester o f language learning?

° What information from the qualitative data (e.g. student’s writtenstatements regarding the culture and strategy lessons, and the student and teacher interviews) can be used to better understand the quantitative data analyses?

1.2 OVERVIEW OF PROCEDURES

Subjects for this study consisted o f 89 students o f spring-semester German 101

classes at the University o f Arizona. Data were gathered by means o f a pre-test/post-test

format as well as from classroom observations, interviews, and short reaction statements.

In addition to a personal data sheet that was used to gather information about age, major,

gender, etc. (administered once), the following instruments were administered twice

(once during the first week o f spring semester (1996), and once during the last week of

spring semester (1996)):

Page 21: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

20

° Kelley & Meyers’ Cross Cultural Adaptability Inventory (1993)° Horwitz’ Beliefs about Language Learning Inventory (1988)° Gardner, Smythe, and Clement’s Attitudes and Motivation Test Battery (1974)

Data from these instruments were computer analyzed using an independent groups f-test.

The following table outlines the procedures used in this study:

Table 1.1 Research Procedures

Pre-test Measurement Instruments (four sections of German 101)

1 . Personal data: age, major, gender, language/abroad experience, etc.2. Attitudes and Motivation Test Battery (AMTB) (Gardner, Smythe, Clement, 1974)3. Cross Cultural Adaptability Inventory (CCAT) (Kelly & Meyers 1993)4. Beliefs about Language Teaming Tnventoty (BAT J J) (Horwitz 1988)

Comparison Gronp (n=42) Two German 101 Classes

Conducted by researcher:1. Five lessons on language learning strategies.2. Four classroom observations (per class)3. One interview with instructor (per class)4. Eight student interviews

Performed by students:1. Complete five lessons on language learning

strategies2. Complete reaction sheet based on content o f the

strategy lessons (one per lesson)

Treatment Gronp (n=47)Two German 101 Classes

Conducted by researcher:1. Five experimental culture lessons2. Four classroom observations (per class)3. One interview with instructor (per class)4. Eight student interviews

Performed by students:1. Participate in five experimental culture lessons2. Complete reaction sheet based on content o f culture

lessons (one per lesson)3. One culture portfolio: topic o f students choice4. One culture presentation: topic same as culture

portfolio

Post-test Measnrement Instraments (fonr sections of German 101)

1. Attitudes and Motivation Test Battery (AMTB) (Gardner, Smythe, Clement, 1974)2. Cross Cultural Adaptability Inventory (CCAT) (Kelly & Meyers 1993)3. Beliefs about Language Learning Inventory (BAT J J) (Horwitz 1988)

Page 22: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

21

Table 1.2 Data for Analysis ____________________________Quantitative:

1. Personal data sheet (administered once)2. Attitudes and Motivation Test Battery (AMTB) (Gardner, Smythe,

Clement, 1974): pre-test/post-test change3. CCAI (Kelly & Meyers 1993): pre-test/post-test change4. BALLI (Horwitz, 1988): pre-test/post-test change5. Unit exam scores, oral exam, final exam score6. Correlation variables (e.g. gain scores with age, major, gender, etc.)

Qualitative:1. Classroom observations2. Interviews (student and teacher)3. Short reaction statements based on the content o f culture and strategy

lessons

1.2.1 Instruments

The pre-test consisted o f a personal data sheet (PBS), the Attitudes and

Motivation Test Battery (AMTB) (Gardner, Smythe, & Clement, 1974), the Beliefs about

Language Learning Inventory (BALLI) (Horwitz, 1988), and the Cross-Cultural

Adaptability Inventory (CCAI) (Kelly & Meyers, 1992). To assess the impact, if any, o f

the experimental culture lessons on students’ affective attitudes, this researcher again

administered the AMTB, the BALLI, and the CCAI at the end o f the sixteen-week

semester (the PDS was administered only at the beginning of the semester). For a

detailed description o f these instruments, please see section 3.6.3 (Description of

Instruments used for Quantitative Data Collection).

Page 23: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

22

The treatment group took part in five experimental culture lessons designed to

promote cultural awareness, and compiled one culture portfolio. Each o f the five

experimental lessons took place during normally scheduled class time, were one hour in

length, were taught at three week intervals, and were taught by the researcher. Topics

and activities for the experimental lessons were also generated by the researcher and dealt

with raising cross-cultural awareness. The aim of each experimental lesson was to

provide a learner-centered forum for introspection on topics relating to cultural learning

and as a take-off point for further awareness and skill training. The researcher also

collected short reaction statements from the students after each culture lesson. The

purpose o f collecting this feedback was 1) to encouraged the students to reflect and

summarize their ideas relating to the culture lessons; 2) to give learners an opportunity to

express their observations and frustrations about the experimental culture lessons and the

culture portfolios; and 3) to encourage them to hypothesize explanations for cultural

differences and similarities (in so doing, participants were encouraged to view differences

as perceptions o f reality, rather than so-called objective reality) (Please see section 3.5.2

for a more detailed discussion o f the pedagogy used in each o f the experimental culture

lessons. Please see Appendix A for a copy o f the treatment group’s five lesson plans and

Appendix B for a copy o f the materials relating to the culture portfolio).

1.2.2 Treatment Group

Page 24: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

23

The comparison group did not take part in the experimental culture lessons or

create culture portfolios. Instead, this group took part in five strategy lessons designed to

supply a potentially beneficial means for improving target language learning. These

lessons also took place during normally scheduled class time, were one hour in length,

were taught at three week intervals, and were taught by the researcher. During each

strategy lesson, learners were encouraged to raise their level o f awareness towards the

strategies they use or could use in the language learning process. The first lesson covered

a general introduction to the interrelationships between direct and indirect strategies

(Oxford 1990). In each o f the following strategy lessons, the topic o f discussion related

to one o f the four language skills. For example, lesson two promoted speaking strategies,

lesson three promoted reading as an active set o f skills, lesson four promoted writing as a

process, and lesson five promoted strategies for improving one’s level o f attending

(Please see section 3.5.1 for a more detailed discussion o f the pedagogy used in the

strategy lessons. Please see Appendix C for a copy o f the comparison group’s five

lessons).

1.2.3 Comparison Group

Page 25: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

24

Table 1.3 Goals o f Lessons Related to Project Data

Treatment Growtp

promote a positive attitude toward the German language and culture (AMTB)

promote a positive attitude toward cross-cultural situations (CCAI)

promote realistic attitudes towards language learning (BALLI)

Actual Treatment

Content o f culture lessons will encourage active learner involvement with complex, possibly even controversial material.

When dealing with complex material, students will be encouraged to reach their own conclusions, rather than be just the passive receivers o f information.

Students will be encouraged to become aware o f their own attitudes toward language and culture, leading, possibly, to positive attitude towards the German language, cross-cultural situations, and language learning in general.

Comparison Group

No explicit training will be conducted in the comparison group that will address the goals o f the culture lessons or culture portfolio. In other words, no explicit effort will be made to promote a positive attitude toward the German language and culture, no explicit effort will be made to promote a positive attitude towards cross- cultural situations, and no effort will be made to promote realistic attitudes towards language learning.

Page 26: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

25

The statistical procedure used for this study was the two-sample f-test (also: t for

independent means) which compares measures (scores) o f two independent groups to

determine if there is a significant difference between the samples. The statistic resulting

from the computation is called t. Once its value was calculated, its significance was

determined by consulting a table in any standard educational research or statistics text.

Information collected through the dialogue questionnaires and the experimental culture

lessons were systematically analyzed and used to help explain and interpret findings from

the two-sample f-tests.

1.3 ASSUMPTIONS AND LIMITATIONS

1.3.1 Feasibility o f the Study

Studies involving surveys account for a substantial proportion o f the research

done in the field o f education. For example, Lazarsfeld and Sieber did a content analysis

of educational research appearing in 40 journals in 1964 and found that about a third o f

them involved use o f the survey method (Lazarsfeld and Sieber, p. 21). To conduct

survey research, one must first assume that attitudes and opinions can be measured by

surveys such as the ones used in this project. In addition, because o f the diversity present

among the subjects who participated in this study, it was important to consider the

indeterminate number o f independent variables which could affect a person’s level of

cross-cultural adaptability and attitudes towards language learning. Shaw and Wright

(1967), for example, examined this assumption in regards to the measurement o f attitudes

1.2.4 Data Analysis

Page 27: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

26

and the objectives o f a survey. They argued that “attitudes have specific social referents,

or specific classes thereof’ (p. 8). In other words, attitudes are influenced by the social

context in which they are learned. Social referents, according to Shaw and Wright, can

be identified, and evaluated, by using a rigorously constructed scale, an example of which

is the Likert-scale used in the instruments in this study (p. 32).

When a surveys is used to measure attitudes, the researcher must rely on self-

report to assess individual differences in traits, needs, adjustment difficulties, and values.

Although these measures are used frequently in educational research to describe the

personality characteristics o f different groups (Borg and Gall 1989, p. 305), one must

consider whether or not the subjects respond honestly, as response bias may be present

for many o f the subjects. As Borg and Gal report.

One o f the potentially serious disadvantages o f personality inventories stems from the fact that they are based on self-report. Like most self- reporting devices, they are only accurate to the degree that the self­perceptions are accurate and to the degree that the person is willing to express them honestly (Borg and Gall, p. 306).

Subjects may respond in a random fashion or deliberately lie or distort their

answers. As a result, spurious answer sheets need to be detected and omitted from the

data analysis (Borg and Gall, p. 306). Another variable that leads to spurious responses is

called response set, which is the desire to present one’s self in a favorable light. To

encourage subjects to respond honestly, this researcher stressed that the identity of the

subjects will be kept anonymous.

Page 28: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

27

It was also important to consider the similarity o f each culture/strategy lesson, and

whether or not there is congruency within the various German 101 sections. Because of

this possible discrepancy, it was decided not to have the actual teachers o f each section o f

German 101 teach the culture/strategy lessons, but rather to have the researcher himself

present material in an attempt to promote consistency within the comparison and

treatment groups.

Although the variables measured in each o f the three pre- and post-test

instruments have been determined to reasonably represent their intended objectives

(please see Chapter Four for a discussion on the reliability and validity o f each instrument

used in this study), it was important to consider that some o f the subjects may have had

previous experiences which contributed to their pre- and post-test responses. To consider

these experiences, the PBS was used to collect information about each o f the subject’s

past experiences in cross-cultural situations (e.g. whether time had been spent

study/living/traveling abroad, etc.).

1.3.2 The Nature o f Attitude Measurement

When questionnaires deal with attitude and opinion, Borg and Gall argue that a

one-item test approach is extremely unreliable (Borg and Gall, p. 432). Thus, a

questionnaire dealing with attitudes must generally be constructed as an attitude scale and

must use a number of items (usually at least ten) in order to obtain a reasonable picture of

the attitude concerned (Borg and Gall, p. 432). Each o f the attitudes scales used in this

study contain at least ten items.

Page 29: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

28

1.3.3 Comparison o f Qualitative vs. Quantitative Methodologies and Paradigms

The present study asserts that a combination o f quantitative and qualitative

paradigms can produce a more comprehensive view o f the findings, and perhaps even

tease out results unavailable to just one of these methods. This form o f research strategy

is often called “triangulation”, a metaphor taken from navigation and military strategy

(Tick 1979). The idea is to gather data using multiple viewpoints and methods to cross-

validate data. Support for its effectiveness has been attested to by a number o f

researchers. Qualitative analyses produce background information that can be used to

interpret statistical results to see if there is congruence between the two data sets (Nunan

1992, p. 3). Lack o f such congruence can suggest problems which may otherwise remain

hidden, thus allowing a strengthening of the research design. The two approaches also

permit investigation o f different aspects o f the research question. Qualitative strategies

best-address contextual or process variables, while quantitative methods have advantage

when the focus is on outcome variables (Nunan 1992, p. 3). In conjunction, the two can

enhance the validity and reliability o f the study by increasing understanding o f the

phenomena through expanded contextual and procedural frameworks and by helping to

eliminate alternative explanations for findings (Nunan 1992, p. 3). Research which

integrates both methodologies can provide a more balanced perspective. However,

another group o f researchers have argued that because quantitative and qualitative

approaches are products o f two diametrically opposed theoretical paradigms, they can

never be reconciled or combined (Guba & Lincold, 1989). Therefore, they feel that a

Page 30: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

29

decision must be made by an investigator to choose one over the other. Certainly, from a

paradigmatic perspective, the two approaches may be irreconcilable, but there is no

necessary or exclusive linkage between paradigm and method. Rather, the choice of data

collection and analysis techniques should be designed to match the research questions.

The combination o f the two methodologies in this present study did, in fact, produce a

richer data set arguing for the utility o f both methods in this context.

1.3.4 Causality

Determining casual patterns with any degree o f certainty is difficult (Borg and

Gall, p. 540). To do so suggests that is it possible to control all competing variables and

manipulate all o f the independent variables. Such constraints are problematic, but they

are no more severe in foreign-language education than in any other field related to

educational research. Through the use o f statistical analysis (please see section 4.2 for a

discussion o f data analysis procedures), we can expand the possible sources o f prediction

and test to see which o f many variables and which combination o f variables allow us to

make the best prediction (Hatch and Lazaraton 1991, p. 467).

1.3.5 Transfer o f Findings to Other Populations

Because the German 101 courses used in this study were not randomly selected,

the findings o f this study may not be applicable to German students and courses outside

of the University o f Arizona. It is possible, however, that the population used in this

study is representative of other universities with similar characteristics. In other words, it

is possible that the findings are roughly representative o f other large state-supported

universities in Arizona and the remainder o f the Southwest.

Page 31: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

30

If one assumes that most learners o f foreign languages have some common

characteristics, the findings o f this study at the University o f Arizona may be cautiously

extended to include many other foreign-language learners at the university level, pending

further research.

1.3.6 Effects o f Anonymity

In most educational studies, subjects are asked to identify themselves (Borg and

Gall, p. 433). However, anonymity is sometimes required if data o f a personal nature or

data that may be threatening to the individual are requested (Borg and Gall, p. 433). In

addition, anonymity may be desirable if it would encourage or allow respondents to

express more honest answers. Nevertheless, Borg and Gall point out that anonymity can

interfere with follow-ups and makes it impossible to identify individuals (Borg and Gall,

p. 434). The basic question is, thus, whether anonymity is necessary to insure honest and

accurate answers. It was felt by the researcher that the nature o f the items on the

questionnaire was such that the respondents might be hesitant to answer honestly without

an assurance o f anonymity. This study did require some method o f tracking the same

subject’s scores on pre- and post-tests: For this reason, subjects were identified by the

last four digits o f their social security numbers.

Regulations published by the U S. Department of Health and Human Services [45

CFR Part 46.101(b) (2)] exempt this type o f research from review by the University of

Arizona Human Subjects Committee.

Page 32: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

31

1.3.7 Demand Characteristics

Human subjects are apt to try to relate their participation in a research study to

past experiences and the total context o f the experimental situation (Borg and Gall, 1989).

This means that they are likely to be sensitive to all aspects o f the research environment

and to use cues which are present to respond to the test environment. The cues available

to the subjects regarding the nature o f the research have been called demand

characteristics by Ome (1969). These can include rumors about the research, the setting

instructions given to the research subjects, the status and personality o f the experimenter,

subtle clues provided by the experimenter, and the experimental procedure itself.

Rosnow and Davis (1977) conclude that in order for demand characteristics to

affect research findings, two requirements must be met. First, the subject must be aware

of the demand characteristics. Second, the subject must have motivation which

encourages him or her to respond to the demand characteristics. This may include the

tendency to acquiesce to the perceived intentions o f the experiment, or the tendency to be

counter-acquiescent to the perceived intentions o f the experiment. Either reaction may

tend to distort the results o f the research. It is, however, an unavoidable situation because

most respondents will tend to respond in a way which presents their self-image favorably

(Borg and Gall, 1989).

Page 33: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

32

1.4 IMPLICATIONS

This research project will provide a valuable framework for helping foreign-

language educators to better understand the process o f culture learning and the various

stages o f cross-cultural awareness and sensitivity. For example, this study will help gain

information about 1) the salient issues that concern students during their first semester of

language study, 2) the types o f knowledge, skills, and behaviors that students associate

with the concept o f cultural competence, and 3) teaching/training techniques that can be

used to address culture learning and promote cross-cultural awareness.

A systematic analysis o f the Personal Data Sheet PDS, the pre-/post test data, the

experimental culture lessons, the evaluations by each student o f the culture lessons, and

the teacher/student interviews will also provide a description o f learner characteristics,

which will help educators: 1) provide learners with highly personalized insight into their

potential for adjustment to a new environment, 2) develop teaching materials to heighten

awareness o f home and target-language cultures such as values, attitudes and practices, 3)

create lesson plans that focus on the importance o f culture learning and adjustment, 4)

inform their students about the aspects o f culture and foreign language learning which the

students in this study found difficult, and 5) better understand the common fears and

expectations students typically have before studying a foreign language.

Page 34: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

33

1.5 PREVIEW OF THE FOLLOWING CHAPTERS

The remainder o f this study is divided into four parts. Chapter Two examines

relevant research which serves as a basis for the study. Chapter Three describes in detail

the research design and procedures employed in the study. In Chapter Four the data are

presented. Chapter Five interprets the data given in Chapter Four, summarizes the study

and concludes with a discussion o f the implications and recommendations for further

examination and research in this area.

Page 35: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

34

2. REVIEW OF LITERATURE ON TEACHING CULTURE IN THE FOREIGN LANGUAGE CLASSROOM

“The facts are to blame my friend. We are all imprisoned by facts.”Luigi Pirandello, The Rules o f the Game

2.1 PAST DEFINITIONS

A review o f literature on culture teaching in the foreign-language classroom

reveals a substantial body o f research, especially when one considers the relatively short

period o f time that teachers and researchers have been actively studying adaptation from

one culture to another. A milestone in the field was the work o f Oberg (1960), who

introduced the concept o f culture shock, “the psychological reaction individuals

experience when they enter another culture and the conflict that arises between their

identity and the values, perceptions, and social cues o f the other culture” (p. 17). Since

the time of Oberg’s work in the early sixties, the foreign-language teaching profession

has been actively engaged in developing guidelines to determine what kind o f culture to

teach and how best to teach it. Because o f the diversity and complexity o f the research

that has surfaced since Oberg, attitudes regarding what constitutes effective culture

teaching vary widely.

Language teaching curricula often suggest that there is a fairly clear distinction

between linguistic knowledge and cultural knowledge, and that one can indeed acquire

one o f these without the other (Bentahila & Davies 1989, p. 99). This dichotomous view

of language and culture is an entrenched feature o f language teaching around the world

and stems from the linguistic heritage o f the profession (Kramsch 1993, p. 8). From this

Page 36: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

35

point o f view, the pronunciation, writing system, vocabulary and syntax o f language

constitute purely linguistic phenomena, which can be contrasted with cultural/contextual

information about the way o f life, social organization, values and traditions o f the

community o f speakers o f the target language. The predominantly positivistic

educational environment in the United States, which often equates the acquisition of

content with the learning o f facts (Fischer 1993, p. 73), tends to reinforce this perspective.

Consequently, effectiveness in foreign language teaching is typically measured according

to practical outcomes (Kramsch 1993, p. 8). To meet the standards supported in this

educational climate, “culture”, as it appears in foreign-language classrooms and

textbooks, is often objectified and depersonalized. Under this system, ideas about culture

are typically reduced to the presentation o f facts and concepts about the target culture that

can be tested “objectively”:

The following examples demonstrate how the objectivization o f culture

communicates that institutions, manners, customs, attitudes, desires, achievements, and

accomplishments can be prescribed as a set o f finite examples and definitions.

At the 1960 Northeast Conference on the Teaching o f Foreign Languages, Ira

Wade et al. wrote that although most colleges have no consistent plan for teaching

culture and civilization, it is important that teachers find the time to “explain a custom, or

describe an institution, or define an idea, an attitude, or a point o f view peculiar to the

country” (p. 54). In addition, Wade et al. argued that any attempt to teach culture is

“commendable, but, in general, the focus is, as it should be, on learning the language” (p.

Page 37: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

36

54). Similarly, Pfister, suggested that teachers prepare lists o f key facts which point out

the various issues that students need to learn and assist them in developing a sense of

cultural awareness (Pfister 1972, p. 40). Like Wade et al., Pfister also regarded culture

only as background information to the “real business o f language learning”, which is

mastery o f the linguistic code (i.e. the grammatical structures) o f the target language. In

an article published in 1978 for the MFLA Newsletter, Perkins argued that ethnic food

can be the point de depart fox tracing target-culture heritage and for broadening students’

horizons (Perkins 1978, p. 8). From this perspective, learners are told about food,

cooking styles, and living and eating habits. The gastronomic approach does not

reinforce differences found within the target culture, but rather generalizations (e.g when

a meal is eaten, how long the break from school and or work lasts, whether it is a

substantial meal o f hot dishes with several courses, and whether the whole family sits

down to this meal together). In another example, Arsenault, in the preface to the 1976

Northeast Conference Reports, noted that foreign language teachers most often associate

culture not with food, but with the historical and geographic background o f the speakers

of a language (p. 11). In this sense, culture teaching is viewed as a means to an end,

which is to build historical and literary knowledge and vocabulary or information on how

to avoid cultural faux pas.

Page 38: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

37

Several techniques have also been developed with the intention o f drawing

learners’ attention to cultural comparisons in compact, interesting, and readily accessible

ways. The “slice o f life” (J.S. Taylor 1970) consists o f a short attention-getting

presentation, for example a recording o f a popular song as the class settles down to a

Spanish lesson or a short tape-recording o f Spanish news items in the last two or three

minutes (p. 224). One o f the most influential devices o f this type is the “culture capsule”,

based on a suggestion by H.D Tylor and Sorensen (1961). This, as the name indicates, is

an isolated item o f information on the target culture. The originators thought of it as a

small self-contained unit with a script prepared by the teacher. The verbal presentation o f

it is to be combined with realia, visuals, and other aids. The substance is to be presented

by the teacher with the help o f a prepared script and various supplementary resources.

The presentation is to be followed by a role-play. The treatment o f a “culture capsule”

was not to take up more than about ten minutes o f a lesson. A weekly “culture capsule”

in a year’s course, as Taylor and Sorensen argued, might amount to as many as thirty-six

culture exposures. They also suggested that the resources for each capsule could be

conveniently stored in a shoe box so as to be readily available when needed (p. 532). In

the “culture cluster” (first proposed by B. Meade and G. Morain 1973), a distinctive

behavior o f a speaker o f the language in a specific situation is analyzed into component

parts about which the students are informed in several “culture capsules”. For example,

students may learn about different types o f shops, about bargaining, and about ways in

which one completes a purchase or declines to buy (i.e. through a series o f “culture

Page 39: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

38

capsules”). These isolated pieces o f knowledge are then integrated into the acting out o f

a shopping incident, etc. (p. 532). Although these approaches to integrating culture into

the foreign-language classroom all differ as to the extent to which information is provided

and the importance it is given, each technique regards the learner as someone for whom

selection o f cultural information must be made by the teacher. In this view, culture is an

objective system containing indisputable facts. In other words, culture learning is a

technical process prescribed by experts and implemented by teachers.

Language teaching curricula, however, have also been influenced by numerous

contributions during the last thirty-five years which have stressed not a search for clear

yardsticks o f competence and fact learning, but rather the recognition o f complexity,

tolerance o f ambiguity, and the subjectivity of culture (Kramsch 1993, p. 2). Michael

Byram (1989), for example, maintains that although the “warp o f language can be teased

out from the weft o f culture”, the learner needs to see the tapestry o f language as a whole

(p. 42). As example, Nostrand (1974) developed a scheme referred to as the Emergent

Model which classifies observations under several broad headings. His goal was to

overcome fragmentation resulting from the presentation o f cultural titbits:

1. Culture: value systems, habits o f thought, assumptions about reality, verifiable knowledge, art forms, language, paralanguage and kinesics

2. Society: organized under institutions: familial, religious, economic and occupational, political and judicial, educational, interactional, intellectual, intellectual and aesthetic, and recreational; the mass media; stratification and mobility; social properties (le savoir-vivre); status by group and sex; ethnic, religious and other minorities

3. Conflicts: interpersonal and intergroup conflict, intrapersonal conflict

Page 40: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

39

4. Ecology and technology: exploitation o f physical resources, exploitation o f plants and animals, demographic control, health care and accident prevention, settlement and territorial organization, travel and transportation

5. Individual: integration at the organismic level, intrapersonal variability, and interpersonal variation

6. Cross-cultural environment: attitudes toward other cultures and toward international and supranational organizations

The headings are an attempt to help learners to place their observations in a context.

Norstrand argues that it is through evolving a few major themes that we come to

understand a culture (According to Norstrand, this model for culture teaching is based on

the combination o f a comprehensive model for the study o f society, proposed by a

Harvard sociologist Talcott Parsons and a “themal” description o f societies, developed by

a Cornell anthropologist, Morris Opler). To promote problem solving, a technique

known as the “Culture Assimilator” or “Minidrama” was developed systematically for

use as a self-instructional program by Fiedler, Mitchell and Triandis (1971). Here, a

confusing or frustrating situation in the target culture or one that contrasts the target

culture with the students’ own culture, is described in narrative form, the narrative

coming to an end before the problem is resolved. Students then act out the situation,

resolving it as they think it would be resolved in the target culture. Various groups may

present dramatizations o f different solutions, and these versions will then be discussed in

the light o f what is known about the culture. The purpose o f this is to encourage students

to think about the implications of cultural attitudes and values (A complete “Culture

Assimilator” consists o f a large number of such items; through them, students build up an

Page 41: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

40

understanding o f behavior within the culture (Fiedler, Mitchell and Triandis 1971, p.

98)). In another attempt to move culture teaching away from the idea o f culture as “fact

learning”, Shane (1977) suggested a shift from a reliance on rote learning to a focus on

problem solving (p. 15). Cultural information in his sense is to be developed for use and

adaptation rather than for mere possession. In further opposition to the teaching of

language merely as form, Gerhard Fischer (1996) used the metaphors “tourist” and

“explorer” to illuminate the distinction between acquiring linguistic forms and cultural

facts on the one hand and using a second language to construct an understanding of

another social reality (Fischer, p. 73). An important aspect o f Fischer’s stance is that he

does not suggest avoiding the use o f lecture, drills, vocabulary tests or other routine

things, but rather that if we want our students to explore and reflect or to find things out

on their own, we will have to add learning experiences to our repertoire that require

students to ask questions rather than accept cultural information at face value (p. 80).

There is no doubt that culture, whether orientated towards “facts and figures” or a

learner- and process-oriented approach, forms part o f most language curriculums.

However, the policy is likely to vary depending on circumstances, types o f students, and

goals. In Britain, for example, culture teaching is referred to as “background studies”,

which immediately defines its position as subordinate to language (It is listed under this

heading in the abstracting journal Language Teaching). In France it is often referred to as

“civilization” (Mounin 1984). In Germany, where the concept probably originated (Stem

1992), it is not uncommon to describe culture teaching as Landeskunde or Kulturkunde.

Page 42: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

41

Wherever it is called, there has been a continuing history o f this aspect o f language

teaching dating back at least to the early 1950s and even further to the beginning of the

century (an historical development o f culture in language teaching since the beginning o f

the twentieth century is described in Stem 1983, p. 246-56). An early expression of a

broader perspective was a seminal British report Modern Studies (1918), which

emphasized the need for a better knowledge o f a country and its people as part o f foreign

language education. According to Stem 1992, the concept o f “modem studies” was

intended to convey this wider perspective more adequately than the traditional term

“modem languages” (p. 205).

The above views on culture teaching in the foreign language classroom did not

develop sequentially, but rather simultaneously. Even today, one can find wide-spread

support for most o f the approaches mentioned above. As a result, the discussion over

what kind o f culture to teach and how best to teach it continues, but, o f course, in greatly

expanded form (Grittner, p. 18). Language teaching in the 1990s is still explored via

literature, grammar, and cultural facts, but it is also explored via business, tourism,

heritage languages, and technology. Some o f the approaches are more student-centered

than others, with techniques involving a variety o f activities such as small-group work,

student input and discovery. Other approaches stress the direct teaching o f civilization

(i.e. geography, history, artistic and literary achievements, etc.) and background

information as subject matter that can be tested as “right” or “wrong”. Such diverse

attitudes towards language and culture are analogous to today’s language classrooms in

Page 43: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

42

that teaching involves a variety o f activities that depend on the content, context, and goals

of the particular lesson. In the next section, cross-cultural awareness will be examined

not only as a desired outcome o f language and culture learning, but also as a means for

enabling language proficiency.

2.2 RATIONALES FOR TEACHING CULTURE

Regardless o f the relation of language and culture in language teaching, most

constructs for teaching culture in the last three decades have stressed that culture learning

is, at least, educational and that it offers individuals an opportunity to develop new

perceptions and insights into foreign and native cultures alike. In other words, although

there tends to be friction regarding the best approach to culture teaching, it is possible to

find agreement regarding why culture learning is important. For example, G. Reginald

Bishop wrote in the forward to the 1960 Northeast Conference Reports that although it is

somewhat unclear how to handle this very important dimension o f our discipline,

neglecting culture impairs much o f our language instruction, while including it in the

language program increases the interest and the value o f a program (G. Reginald Bishop,

p. 12). By doing so, language teaching contributes “more effectively toward producing

people who are distinguished for their enlightenment and intellectual discipline” (G.

Reginald Bishop, p. 12). Thirty-five years later, our motivations and justifications for

teaching culture in the foreign-language classroom are not much different than Bishop’s.

Current literature regarding overall goals also suggests that culture teaching in the foreign

language classroom fosters:

Page 44: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

43

a. open-mindedness to new ideas and experiencesb. inter-cultural empathyc. accurate perception o f similarities and differences between culturescl. astute, noncritical observation o f one’s own and others’ behaviore. an ability to establish meaningful relationships with host-culture persons

(Dinges, p. 184)f. and motivation by arousing students’ curiosity about the foreign culture

(Webber, p. 255)

Even the philosophy statement o f the newly released National Standards for

Foreign Languages (1995) suggests that some unity exists, at least with regard to the

general purpose o f culture teaching in the foreign language classroom:

Communication is at the heart o f the human experience. The United States must educate students who are linguistically and culturally equipped to communicate successfully in a pluralistic American society and abroad. (Standards)

The essential point here is that language learning can be a beneficial experience because

of its positive influence on a person’s personal and social development. A similar

rationale for learning foreign languages also arises from the widely held assumptions,

among teachers and the general public, that language learning does and should include

some, generally unspecified, cultural learning because it can result in favorable learner

attitudes towards foreign peoples and customs (Byram, Esarte-Sarries and Taylor, p. xii).

Consensus, regarding rationales for teaching culture in the FL classroom,

however, breaks down as soon as one begins to look beyond the mere “broadening o f

one’s horizons” as an outcome or purpose. This is because rationales for culture teaching

are independent o f the approach and intensity to which culture is taught. On one hand,

teaching guides often stress that language learning consists o f teaching the four skills

Page 45: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

44

(reading, writing, speaking, listening) plus culture. From this point o f view, culture is

seen as mere information conveyed by the language, not as a feature o f language itself.

In other words, cultural knowledge is an educational goal in and o f itself, separate from

language (Kramsch 1993, p. 8). On the other hand, many researchers have challenged

this separatist view by claiming that “culture learning is actually a key factor in being

able to use and master a foreign linguistic system” and not just a “rather arbitrary claim

that culture learning is a part o f language teaching” (Grindhammer 1978, p. 64). Stagich

(1995), too, argues that teaching culture is necessary not only as a means for “broadening

one’s horizons”, but also as a foundation and framework for developing competence in a

foreign language (p. 59). As a result, cultural context is an instrument for providing

meaningful learning experiences that can improve language competence (p. 59). As an

example, Stagich found that Japanese students who spend years studying English

grammar in school, often have great difficulty speaking, reading, and writing:

For most o f these students exposure to cultural context is the difference between remaining in a fossilized state and becoming competent speakers, readers, and writers o f English, (p. 59)

From Stagich’s position, the acquisition o f new forms o f discourse alone is not enough.

Learners also have to recognize to what extent their discourse is that o f their surrounding

environment (Kramsch 1993, p. 4). Similar findings by Schuman (1978) also propose

that early second-language acquisition is analogous to pidginization and that learners who

are deprived o f meaningful learning situations through cultural context, will remain

fossilized in a pidginized stage (p. 115). Only when students learn how to use their new

Page 46: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

45

structures to convey ideas in a cultural context - in an essay or a speaking situation - have

they really understood and acquired the forms (Stagich 1995, p. 60).

Politzer, too, argued that unless teachers relate language to culture, students will attach

the wrong meanings to the language they learn:

As language teachers we must be interested in the study o f culture (in the social scientist’s sense o f the word) not because we necessarily want to teach the culture o f the other country but because we have to teach it. If we teach language without teaching at the same time the culture in which it operates, we are teaching meaningless symbols or symbols to which the student attaches the wrong meaning; for unless he is warned, unless he receives cultural instruction, he will associate American concepts or objects with the foreign symbols. (Politzer 1959, p. 100-1)

In this sense, cultural context offers learners not only an opportunity to better

understand the socio-cultural nature of society but also a means for improving their

success in language learning. One o f the most important researchers to have furthered

such thinking about language and culture in language teaching is Halliday (1990), who’s

systemic linguistics offers a unified theoretical framework within which to view the

relation o f language and cultural context. By calling grammar “a theory o f human

experience” and text “the linguistic form of social interaction”, “Halliday anchors culture

in the very grammar we use, the very vocabulary we choose, the very metaphors we live

by”(quoted in Kramsch 1993, p. 8). Candlin (1992) also approaches this problem from a

pragmatic angle and shows how second and foreign language teaching can be integrated

not only with the target culture, but also the learners’ cultures (p. 3). In the next section,

this researcher will discuss culture learning in the context o f the communicative language

classroom.

Page 47: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

46

2.3 LANGUAGE, CULTURE, AND THE COMMUNICATIVE CURRICULUM

Communicative-language teaching suggests a need for greater interdependence

and a greater flexibility on the parts o f teachers and students to allow the syllabus and its

content to develop in ways that position both teachers and students as learners. As Breen

and Candlin argue:

In a communicative methodology, content ceases to become some external control over learning-teaching procedures. Choosing directions becomes a part o f the curriculum itself, and involves negotiation between learners and learners, learners and teachers, and learners and text. (Breen and Candlin, p. 90)

Communicative methodologies accomplish this through a concern for the degree to which

language use has the qualities o f natural or authentic speech or writing. The pedagogical

objective is to give learners the opportunity for (and the means of) properly

authenticating the target language. At first this may seem impractical, but as Widdowson

argues, “authenticity has to do with appropriate response” (Widdowson, p. 166). For

example, a German menu is an authentic piece o f cultural realia; thus, our obj ective

becomes to use it in a way the restaurant management had intended (Kramsch 1993, p.

178). Authenticity in the communicative-language sense, however, would be disregarded

if the menu were to be used to practice endings o f adjectives (Kramsch 1993, p. 178).

The reason why such an approach would not be considered “authentic” is because the

restaurant never intended the menu to be used in such a way. By stressing the use of

authentic language as the material from which students learn, communicative language

teaching provides an experience o f language produced by native speakers, even though in

Page 48: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

47

the initial stages materials may have to be carefully selected if they are to remain

accessible (Byram, p. 139).

Because o f the emphasis on shared meaning, communicative methodologies are

somewhat lenient when it comes to requiring foreign-language learners to conform to

certain phonological and grammatical rules o f the target language. Conversely,

authenticity is not usually taken to such an extreme that learners are expected to conform

to norms o f dress, diet or other clearly non-linguistic aspects o f the culture o f target-

language native speakers. Where communicative methodologies do take a stand is in the

areas in which these two extremes can be said to be intertwined. Provided that the

various emphases in language teaching do not become too one sided, communicative

approaches try to embody a more accurate understanding o f the nature o f language as a

social means o f communication. Of course, this poses a problem in foreign language

teaching because such understandings imply a notion o f communication that goes beyond

simply sharing or negotiating meaning. Communicative-language teaching also implies

the need to uncover and display a practical balance between linguistic and social

structures. Communicative approaches are able to accomplish this in that they provide

learners with immediate experience of the target language both in those activities which

emphasize rehearsal and practice o f linguistic skills and in those which, by dramatizing

language use in role-play and simulations, introduce learners to language as social action

(Byram, p. 140).

Page 49: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

48

Teaching the interaction o f linguistic and social structures, however, is very

difficult because language as grammar and language as a representation o f social reality

do not have the same limits, boundaries or scope. Researchers work to describe these

variations in language and give examples of the dynamics o f context, but such

descriptions are still no blueprint for the language teacher on how to teach the interaction

of linguistic forms and social meanings (Kramsch 1993, p. 11). To compensate,

communicative methodology tries to assist teachers in focusing on the importance of

language functions, and encourage students to create knowledge by sharing personal

information and perspectives. Yet, in spite o f authentic material use and opportunities for

negotiated meaning, communicative-language teaching is very often limited to a focus on

the forms o f language rather than on the content o f interaction, which, as (Wallerstein

1987) argues, serves only to continue the divorce o f language from thought, and language

learning from creative expression (p. 97). One reason for this is a failure to examine the

way in which communicative language materials mediate meanings between students and

society. In addition, many o f the premises o f behaviorist psychology continue to

influence our attitudes about how second languages are learned (Ellis 1990, p. 30). The

result has been that communicative methodologies still find a role for controlled practice

- presumably as a way o f enabling learners to acquire and use linguistic features which

are not yet part o f their repertoire (Ellis 1990, p. 30). Communicative approaches to

language teaching are susceptible to the teaching o f forms because the acquisition of

content is often equated with the learning o f facts (Fischer 1996, p. 1). As a result, it is

Page 50: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

49

often the case that communicative teaching leaves little room for students to generate

their own meanings and develop critical thinking (Auerbach and Burgess 1987, p. 151).

2.4 THE MEANING OF CULTURE IN TODAY’S FOREIGN-LANGUAGE CLASSROOM

Culture is an important part o f studying a second language. Like language,

culture can be learned, it can be shared, and it can evolve and change over time. As a

result, culture can be analyzed from many different points o f view. For instance, on a

physical level, it consists o f material objects and artifacts made by humans like dress,

types o f housing, tools for working, architecture, and food. From a psychological or

cognitive point o f view, it is a form o f expression or way o f thinking. From an

anthropological point o f view, it is the way in which a cultural group perceives and

responds to its social environment (Trandis 1972, p. 4). Regardless o f how it is defined,

it is culture on a physical level where most foreign language teaching draws its

information (Pennycook 1990, p. 309).

From the perspective of communicative methodologies, however, foreign

language learning is more than just the accumulation o f language forms and knowledge

of cultural artifacts. It is thus not sufficient for students simply to acquire a reasonable

accent, an extensive vocabulary, and a sense o f correct inflection and grammatical forms.

Students also need to be exposed to the intricacies and ambiguities o f expression, and the

relationships o f expression to people with differing world views and cultural perspectives.

One of the greatest challenges teachers face is overcoming the belief that students will

only be motivated if culture is presented in clear and precise terms. If the target language

Page 51: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

50

is not typically spoken at home or in the school’s community, the link between the

foreign language and the target culture is an arbitrary one (Kramsch 1993, p. 92). As a

result, teachers often take on the role o f “target-culture expert”. Most teachers understand

the importance o f italicizing the arbitrariness o f culture and presenting it in a critical

fashion, but at the same time there is often a very strong desire to make culture explicit

and easy for students to understand (Kramsch 1993, p. 92). One reason for this is the

support that this approach has received in the literature on culture teaching. For example,

Wade et al. wrote:

It should be added nonetheless that the student’s motivation will be much increased if from the onset he can be made to feel that the language is spoken by a large number o f people who are living with a definite set of attitudes and desires, and a definite set of achievements and accomplishments. (Wade et al. 1960, p. 54) (Italics show my emphasis.)

It is ironic, though, that in the same paragraph, Wade et al. also wrote that the difficulty

o f culture teaching lies in the modest number o f these very definite things which can be

discussed (Wade et al. 1960, p. 54). The end effect o f their argument is, thus, that in spite

o f the modest number o f cultural certainties, teachers still need to teach as though there

are such things as people with “a definite set o f attitudes and desires, and a definite set o f

achievements and accomplishments” (Wade et al. 1960, p. 54). As argued above

(Pennycook 1990), it is on this level that most culture teaching takes place in the foreign-

language classroom. Doyle (1993) also argues that language education today “continues

to offer students a world that is taken as being one o f ready made customs, traditions, and

order” (p. 15). Even if culture is not represented in an elitist “high culture” form such as

Page 52: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

51

the arts, music, literature and so on, it is typically reduced to a fixed body o f artifacts and

behaviors that are transmitted only as an adjunct to the language syllabus (Pennycook, p.

309). In a study on how culture is typically transmitted, Ramirez (1995) examined the

cultural perspectives presented to high school students in various Spanish textbooks

presently in use. In most cases, culture was presented as nothing more than a shopping

list o f artifacts consumed by the upper class:

People in photographs were generally well dressed, appearing to come from middle to upper middle class backgrounds. In addition, the social places most frequently highlighted were those attended most often by the small segment o f the population who are considered highly educated and/or wealthy: museums, ultramodern shops, sports resorts, and universities. Few explicit references were given to the notion o f social class (3%). In fact, only two books referred to a social class other than those o f the middle to upper classes within any o f the Spanish speaking countries or groups. (Ramirez 1995, p. 62)

Ramirez also found that in the actual lessons, students typically read and answered

questions about “Mona” and “Paco’s” discussion at an outdoor cafe in Spain. They also

learned about the food typically served in Spanish cafes. Yet no attempt was made to

develop a theme o f food, ordering a meal, or social functions o f a cafe. Playing tennis

and celebrating a fifteenth birthday in Mexico were treated primarily as reading

comprehension activities instead o f as sociocultural contexts (Ramirez, p. 63). From the

perspective o f communicative methodologies, what is lacking from this approach to

teaching culture is a point o f interaction, negotiation or dialogue between the individual

learners’ culture and the notion o f “culture” that the teacher is presenting.

Page 53: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

52

2.5 SUMMARY

The list o f techniques for culture teaching is at first sight large and impressive. In

some ways, however, the vast array is misleading and it was argued in this chapter that

there is little evidence o f regular use o f these techniques in the actual practice o f language

teaching and that little is known about their comparative effectiveness (Stem 1992, 235).

It was also argued that the term culture carries many different meanings, which can be

used to refer to such aspects as material objects, patterns o f behavior, beliefs, and rules

for acting. It was also shown in this chapter that language and culture are closely linked

with each other, and that language is one o f the principal means by which various cultures

express and interpret their ways o f life (Ramirez 1995, p. 79). Finally, it was argued that

there is little congruence between language and culture and the communicative-language

curriculum. In the next chapter, the details, procedures, and research design employed in

this comparative study are presented.

Page 54: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

53

3. RESEARCH DESIGN AND PROCEDURES

I’m not afraid o f facts, I welcome facts but a congeries o f facts is not equivalent to an idea.This is the essential fallacy of the so-called “scientific” mind. People who mistake

facts for ideas are incomplete thinkers; they are gossips. Cynthia Ozick, “We Are the Crazy Lady and Other Feisty Feminist

Fables.” Published in the first Ms. Reader, 1972

This chapter is divided into the following sections: (1) a complete statement o f the

problem and hypotheses o f the study; (2) the research questions; (3) a discussion of the

relevant variables; (4) a description o f the sample and subjects involved in the

experiment; (5) a description o f the pedagogical orientation o f both the comparison group

and the treatment group; (6) a detailed description o f the experimental culture lessons and

the culture portfolio; (7) a detailed description o f the strategy lessons and the strategy

portfolio; (8) a detailed explanation of the research design and instruments employed in

the study; (9) a brief statement o f how the data were analyzed; and (10) a summary o f the

chapter.

3.1 STATEMENT OF THE PROBLEM AND HYPOTHESES

The purpose o f this study is to determine whether a process- and learner-centered

approach to teaching culture in the foreign-language classroom has a greater effect on

improving cross-cultural adaptability and attitudes towards language and culture learning

than an information-acquisition approach to culture teaching in the foreign-language

classroom. The central hypothesis for this study stems from a large body research which

supports the view that motivation and positive attitudes play a very important role in

achieving greater numbers o f proficient speakers o f second languages. According to

Mantle-Bromley, students' attitudes and motivations have a great effect on classroom

Page 55: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

54

achievement (Mantle-Bromley 1995, p. 373). Similarly, O'Malley and Chamot contend

that “motivation is probably the most important characteristic that students bring to a

learning task” (1990, p. 160). Gardner et al. (1959; 1993) also found that motivation is a

direct determinant o f language acquisition. In Lalonde and Gardner’s 1983 study, results

demonstrated that the three attitudinal/motivational composites (motivation,

integrativeness, attitudes toward the learning situation) are relatively consistent predictors

of indices o f proficiency in a second language (p. 441). Of their three composites,

motivation was found to be the best predictor with 91% of the coefficients being

significant (p. 441). In addition, several studies have shown different ways o f assessing

attitudinal and motivational variables in various contexts and languages to determine the

role o f motivation in learning a second language. Key factors like active participation in

class (Gardner, Smythe, Clement, Smythe, & Gliksman, 1976) and persistence in

language study (Bartley, 1969; Clement, Smythe, & Gardner, 1978; Ramage, 1990) have

all been linked to positive attitudes and a high level o f motivation in the foreign-language

classroom.

Based on this body o f research and the claims made in it, this researcher submits

the following hypothesis:

Beginning students o f German who learn about culture via a process- and learner-centered approach will demonstrate a measurable and statistically significant change in cross-cultural adaptability and in attitude towards language and culture learning compared to beginning students o f German who learn about culture via an information-acquisition approach.

Page 56: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

55

This hypothesis concerns a change in attitude (i.e. positive or negative). It is

possible, and perhaps even probable, that subjects entered German 101 with different

levels o f attitudes towards culture and language learning; thus, it was necessary to attempt

to account for some o f these differences by gathering data on several variables related to

variations among language-learners (see Table 3.2 below). The specific areas of

investigation involved in this study are stated as research questions and involve

examining correlations o f the dependent variables with a number o f independent

variables.

3.2 RESEARCH QUESTIONS

As stated in section 2.1, this study was designed to answer the following

hypothesis and five research questions:

Main Hypothesis

Beginning students of German who learn about culture via a process- and learner-centered approach will demonstrate a measurable and statistically significant change in cross-cultural adaptability and in attitude towards language and culture learning compared to beginning students of German who learn about culture via an information-acquisition approach.

Research Questions

° Are the gain scores o f students in the treatment group (as measured by theCross-Cultural Adaptability Inventory (CCAI) and the Attitudes and Motivation Test Battery (AMTB)) different from the gain scores of students in the comparison group?

° Do variables such as age, sex, year in school, major, previous language study, whether or not subject had spent time abroad, self-rated language-learning ability, interest, motivation (integrative or instrumental) or parental encouragement influence gain-score differences as analyzed in question one above?

Page 57: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

56

° Do students enter German 101 with misconceptions, mistaken beliefs or both (as measured by the Beliefs about Language Learning Inventory (BALLI)) that could cause frustration in the language-learning process?

0 Do students' attitudes (as measured by the BALLI) change after one semester of language learning?

° What information from the qualitative data (e.g. student’s written statements regarding the culture and strategy lessons, and the student and teacher interviews) can be used to better understand the quantitative data analyses?

3.3 VARIABLES

The variables examined in this study are as follows: the dependent variables

consist o f (1) gain scores on a pre-test/post-test measure o f cross-cultural adaptability (as

measured by the CCAI) and (2) gain scores on a pre-test/post-test measure o f attitudes

towards foreign languages, foreign-language learning, and speakers o f other languages

(as measured by the AMTB). The Independent variable is treatment.

Other variables which were o f interest in the analysis o f this study included age,

sex, year in school, major, previous language study, whether or not subject had spent time

abroad, self-rated language-learning ability, interest, motivation (integrative or

instrumental), and parental encouragement (please see Table 3.2 below).

Several confounding variables in the study (e.g. teacher style, age, previous

language-learning experience, etc.) may have affected the results o f this study. It is

possible that initial differences among the treatment group and the comparison group

existed and that they would have had an affect on the outcome. An analysis o f the pretest

scores showed that there were no significant differences between the treatment group and

the comparison group.

Page 58: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

57

One reason for considering possible group differences is that many subjects may

have previously studied a foreign language (although they were all first-semester German

101 students). It is conceivable that the experience o f having studied other languages

could have had an effect on gain scores. Under ideal conditions, it would have been

preferable to use subjects with no previous foreign-language experience, but this was not

possible because many o f the subjects had aheady been exposed to foreign-language

study in high school. Nevertheless, tests for homogeneity o f variance (see section 3.2)

did not uncover any significant differences between the two groups’ pre-test scores.

Similarly, classroom teachers may also have affected changes in attitude, either

through conscious or subconscious actions. Other than for observations, this researcher

was only present in each classroom (in both treatment and comparison groups) five times;

thus, it was not possible to control for any teacher support or opposition to the five

experimental cultural or strategy lessons conducted in the treatment and comparison

groups respectively.

Another possible extraneous variable relevant to this study consists o f testing

effects (Borg and Gall, 1989). Whenever a pretest and posttest are administered, subjects

may be influenced by the initial answers they gave and have a tendency to try to repeat

these answers (p, 644).

Finally, one possible non-experimental variable, known as “experimental

treatment diffusion”, needs to be recognized i f subjects perceived one treatment as

preferable to the other (Borg and Gall 1989, p. 647). This would be particularly

Page 59: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

58

problematic if members o f the two groups interact extensively with each other. This

could lead members o f one treatment group to seek exposure to the other, especially if

members o f one group discuss the treatment in detail with members o f the other group.

This was not perceived by either the researcher or cooperating teachers as a

particular problem for the current study. Subjects were never informed that they were

receiving One particular treatment and not another and it was not felt by this researcher

that the differences between the comparison group and the treatment group were extreme

enough for subjects to suspect that other sections o f German 101 were receiving different

instruction.

3.4 SAMPLE AND SUBJECTS

This study involved a population sample o f 89 students in four sections of

German 101 at the University o f Arizona during the spring semester, 1996. Two of the

four courses were used as a treatment group (47 subjects) and the remaining two courses

were used as a comparison group (42 subjects).

As with many educational studies which use quasi-experimental designs, it was

necessary in this study to use intact groups. In order to achieve a balance among the

experimental group and the comparison group, two sections o f German 101 were

assigned to one group and two were assigned the other. The syllabus for both groups was

identical in terms o f exams, chapters and content o f chapters covered in the Sprechen Wir

Deutsch textbook (Jurasek, Jurasek and Corl 1992), and the overall distribution of points.

Students in the treatment group were assigned one culture portfolio and received five

Page 60: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

59

experimental culture lessons during the course o f the semester. In place o f the culture

portfolio, students in the comparison group were assigned a learning log in which they

kept a record o f the strategies they used during the semester. In place o f the experimental

culture lessons, students in the comparison group received explicit instruction on the

application o f language-learning strategies and their use with regards to the four skills

(i.e. listening, reading, writing, and speaking).

Although the comparison group was assigned a learning-strategy portfolio instead

of a culture portfolio and receive five strategy lessons instead o f five experimental culture

lessons, the comparison group was not excluded from other class-related learning on the

various aspects o f cultures in German speaking countries. This would have been

impossible to control for because the Sprechen WirDeutsch textbook contains various

information about German-speaking cultures in each chapter. Nevertheless, it was

possible to control for the way in which students were exposed to cultural information.

For example, the comparison group received cultural instruction that was based on an

information-acquisition approach to learning. In other words, the cultural information

from the Sprechen Wir Deutsch textbook was presented as is and was not oriented

towards a process- and learner-centered approach to learning. The treatment group also

received cultural information from the Sprechen Wir Deutsch textbook about daily life in

German-speaking cultures, but the opportunity to learn about culture was expanded upon

through a culture portfolio assignment and five experimental culture lessons. Thus, the

comparison group in this study should be viewed as a group in which the treatment is

absent, which is often the nature o f “control” groups in quasi-experimental research.

Page 61: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

60

3.5 PEDAGOGICAL ORIENTATION OF COMPARISON AND TREATMENT GROUPS

The teachers in both the comparison and treatment groups were trained to plan

instruction on the basis o f a thematic, situational, grammatical, and functional syllabus.

At the University o f Arizona, this has resulted in a communicative and language-centered

approach, reflected in the teaching o f certain communicative and linguistic functions and

the exclusive use o f German for instructional procedures and activities. As stated above,

the syllabus for both groups was identical in terms o f exams, chapters and content of

chapters covered in the Sprechen Wir Deutsch textbook, and the overall distribution of

points. The treatment group, however, was assigned a culture portfolio in place o f a

strategy portfolio, and also received five experimental culture lessons in place o f five

learning-strategy lessons (please see the highlighted section in the chart below). Due to

the research design employed in this study, namely, the quasi-experimental intact group

design discussed above, there was one treatment group and one comparison group.

Table 3.1 Class Assignments by GroupComparison Group (n=42): Treatment Group: (n=47)Assignment Points Assignment PointsExams 450 (3 + final) Exams 450 (3 + final)Homework 150 Homework 150Participation 50 Participation 50Speakeasy 100 Speakeasy 100Video 100 Video 100Strategy Portfolio 100 Culture Portfolio . 100Strategy Lessons 50 (taught in English) Culture Lessons 50 (taught in

English)Total.......................... ..1000 Total......................... ...1000

Page 62: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

61

Because the Sprechen Wir Deutsch textbook that was used in both groups

included cultural information at the end o f each chapter, it was impossible to eliminate

culture teaching completely from the comparison group. However, the teaching of

culture that occurred in the comparison group was regarded as not extraordinary for

language instruction at the University of Arizona. In other words, although it was

impossible and even undesirable to eliminate cultural instruction from the comparison

group, one can clearly differentiate the types o f cultural instruction used in the

comparison and treatment groups. In the comparison group, for example, cultural

information was limited to culture as factual knowledge and referred only to the

information or facts that were presented in the Sprechen Wir Deutsch textbook. This

perspective gave the comparison-group teachers a very definite concentration and

direction for culture teaching. Traditionally, such an approach serves, in many ways, to

make “culture” an easy-to-manage component in the foreign-language classroom. Based

on the hypothesis o f this study, the weakness in a fact-finding and evaluative treatment of

culture is that different perspectives under which it can be studied are not clearly

distinguished. Culture teaching, as situated in the treatment group, was process- and

skill-oriented and drew attention to the different ways in which learners come to terms

with new cultural information and how their approach to it changes over time. In the

following two subsections, a detailed description is given of the pedagogy used in the

comparison and treatment groups.

Page 63: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

62

3.5.1 Detailed Description o f the Comparison Group

Skinner (1971), recognized as the father o f behaviorism, advocated a stimulus-

response methodology for learning a carefully analyzed sequence o f knowledge (p. 94).

Learning in this sense is measured by a change in observable behavior. For educational

purposes, behaviorism has found a framework in what is known as “information

acquisition”, which requires:

1. the setting o f specific objectives2. the determination o f activities to enable learners to attain the objectives3. the construction o f measurement devices to determine if and how well

learners have met the objectives (Crawford-Lange, p. 86).

The pedagogical philosophy that evolved out o f these objectives stressed

incremental learning and mastery learning (Crawford-Lange 1982, p. 87). In relation to

culture learning, such an approach would begin by analyzing aspects o f the target culture

into discrete learning units. For example, the first eleven culture units o f the Sprechen

Wir Deutsch textbook are divided up based on this approach:

1. Deutsche Sprache2. Bin Portrat Deutschland3. Bin Portrat: Die Schweiz4. Deutsche in Amerika5. Urlaub: Wohin die Deutschen fahren6. Deutsche Stadte7. Einkaufen8. Burgen und Schlosser9. Femsehen in Deutschland10. Das Lokal um die Ecke11. Das Schulsystem Deutschlands

This ordering o f cultural knowledge ensures that certain subjects are learned before others

and that culture learning in general is sequential in nature. It is assumed that, given

Page 64: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

63

appropriate learning activities, all students can achieve mastery if they have enough time.

The acceptable level o f performance is usually stated in terms o f a percent o f correctly

answered items on a discrete-point test. This representation of culture can be observed in

terms o f learning goals such as the following, by which students learn to:

1. Recognize/explain major geographical monuments2. Recognize/explain major historical events3. Recognize/explain major institutions (administrative, political, religious,

educational, etc.)4. Recognize/explain “active” everyday cultural patterns (eating, shopping,

greeting people, etc.)6. Recognize/explain “passive” everyday cultural patterns (social stratification,

marriage, work, etc.)7. Act appropriately in common everyday situations8. Use common gestures appropriately (Lafayette 1988, p. 49)

The information-acquisition design is often applied to learning the morphology and

syntax o f a language, but it is also commonly extended as a theoretical basis into the area

of culture teaching (Ramirez 1995, p. 66). In terms o f the comparison group, the

information-acquisition design was used to teach not only the linguistic aspects o f

German, but also the cultural patterns, activities, events, and everyday situations of

German speakers.

3.5.1.1 The Strategy Lessons

Over the sixteen-week semester in which the data for this study was collected, this

researcher taught five strategy lessons to the comparison group and five experimental

culture lessons to the treatment group. Each o f the five, fifty-minute strategy-lesson units

were taught in English, and focused on helping students (1) become more self-directed

and autonomous language learners and (2) increase their repertoire o f language-specific

learning strategies.

Page 65: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

64

Prior to the early eighties, research mentioning the learning o f a target language

tended to emphasize general areas o f good study habits, rather than a specific focus on

that which makes the learning o f language skills different from the learning o f other kinds

of skills. As an example, Yorkey (1970) wrote a book called Study Skills for Students of

English as a Second Language, and Martin, McChesney, Whalley & Devlin (1977) wrote

a book called Guide to Language and Study Skills for College Students o f English as a

Second Language. Although these books covered certain language-specific learning

skills (e.g. the development o f vocabulary skills through preparing vocabulary cards), the

major focus o f these books was on study skills for college in general (e.g. note-taking,

test taking, library skills, and the wiring o f term papers). The research on learning

strategies used in developing the five learning-strategy units for this study, however,

came from a body o f more recent literature designed specifically for use in the foreign-

language classroom. For example, the content o f the five strategy lessons was based on

research and teaching materials developed by Cohen (1990), Oxford (1990), Rubin

(1982), and Wenden (1991). The following is a brief description o f the strategy lessons

(for a complete description o f each individual strategy lessons, see Appemdix C).

The first strategy lesson introduced the concept o f language-learning strategies

. and outlined the importance o f understanding one’s personal learning style. This

researcher stressed that learners differ in their learning styles and that a greater awareness

of learning styles and preferences would help students become more efficient language

learners. For example, the first lesson provided information on (1) the rationale for

promoting learner autonomy, (2) learning processes, and (3) ways o f analyzing learning

Page 66: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

65

style. The second lesson focused on speaking to communicate. For example, the second

lesson incorporated information on (1) the demands made upon beginning language

learners to produce spoken utterances, (2) communication strategies which previous

learners have found useful in getting their messages across, (3) strategies for correcting

oral errors, and (4) the importance o f learning how to manipulate set phrases involving

apologies, greetings, giving directions, etc. The third lesson focused on reading for

comprehension. This lesson incorporated information on (1) what reading processes

consist of, (2) why learners are being asked to learn and practice reading skills, and (3)

the extent to which strategies can be utilized to implement reading skills more effectively.

The main discussion o f this third lesson stressed the key strategies that can aid the

foreign-language reader in handling different types o f reading tasks (i.e. skimming,

scanning, inferring, etc.). The fourth lesson focused on writing as “process” and

“product”. The main technique that was discussed during this hour was a strategy called

“reformulation”. The key here was the emphasis on writing as a process whereby the

finished product emerges after a series o f drafts (i.e. an incubation period in which the

written piece takes shape). The final strategy lesson discussed techniques for paying

attention more effectively, primarily in classroom settings. Specifically, the focus was on

the communicative classroom, since this seems to typify the way German is taught at the

University o f Arizona.

Page 67: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

66

As a whole, the five strategy lessons were each intended as an exercise in

consciousness-raising, as a way o f helping learners become more conscious o f their

usually automatic learning patterns, and as a means for learners to be able to expand their

previously habitual learning processes to include more varied approaches.

3.5.1.2 The Strategy Portfolio

The strategy portfolio involved the students in taking note o f their use o f

strategies. During the first strategy lesson, students were given categories and listings o f

various types o f strategies. For example, students were shown the difference between

direct strategies (cognitive, compensation, and memory) and indirect strategies (social,

affective, and metacognitive) (terms taken from Oxford, 1990) (please see Oxford 1990,

p. 15 for a copy o f this handout). To complete the strategy portfolio, students were asked

to write fifteen entries (one per week) into their class notebook. Each entry into their

notebook involved three introspective steps. The first step consisted o f taking notes on a

specific learning task and one problem that occurred while trying to complete that task.

The second step involved introspecting on the actual strategy that the student

implemented in order to solve the problem that arose during the specific task. The

students were also asked to categorize this strategy based on the categories and listings o f

strategies they received during the first strategy lesson. The third final step of each

portfolio entry was to comment on other possible strategies that could have been used to

solve the problem mentioned in step one.

Page 68: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

67

The note-taking scheme involved in the strategy portfolio was imposed as a way

of promoting structure to help students to keep track o f their strategy use, and to

encourage them to broaden their repertoire of strategy usage. Although the students’

entries were subjective, tree-form, and without constraints on style or content, they were

useful in promoting discussions in the actual strategy lessons.

The main objective in designing the strategy lessons and the strategy portfolio

was to provide meaningful instruction to the subjects in the comparison group as a

replacement for the experimental culture lessons and culture portfolio that they did not

receive. In other words, to create congruency between the comparison group and the

treatment group, the comparison group needed to participate in a purposeful activity

structurally equivalent to the treatment without actually being the same as the treatment.

Because the focus o f this present study was not to analyze students’ strategy

development, this researcher choose to use the low-structured note-taking scheme

described above. As expected, this approach did not provide much organization for the

students or the researcher in terms o f responses elicited. One result o f this was that the

data from the strategy portfolio entries were difficult to summarize and generalize across

students. Nevertheless, because the strategy portfolio consisted o f open-ended questions

designed to get the learners to describe their language learning strategies freely and

openly, what information was gathered was very interesting. More structured surveys use

standardized categories for all respondents and, thus, typically make it easier to

summarize results for a group and objectively diagnose problems and describe

Page 69: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

68

characteristics o f groups o f students. However, such surveys also tend to miss the

richness and spontaneity that was obtained using the less-structured format o f the strategy

portfolio.

3.5.2 Detailed Description o f the Treatment Group

While the grammar o f a language is easily incrementalized, certain aspects o f

culture are inherently less suited to identification o f discrete and ordered units.

In contrast to an information-acquisition approach, a process- and learner-centered

approach has its roots in the humanities, as evidenced in an instructional and evaluative

methodology derived from existentialist and phenomenological philosophy (Denton, p.

23). One o f the major proponents o f this approach to education was Brazilian-bom

educator Paulo Freire, who coined the term “Problem-Posing Education” (Freire).

Freire’s educational position has received wide support from a group o f curriculum

theorists known as reconceptualists, among whom stand Michael W. Apple (1990),

Maxine Greene (1995), Madeleine R. Grumet (1988), Dwayne E. Huebner (1964), Colin

J. Marsh (1995), and William Pinar (1975 & 1992). As an example o f their approach to

learning, William Pinar (1975) characterizes reconceptualist methodology as,

(a) regressive, because it involves description and analysis o f one’s intellectual biography or, i f you prefer, educational past; (b) progressive, because it involves a description o f one’s imagined future; (c) analytic, because it calls for a psychoanalysis o f one’s phenomenologically described educational present, past, and future; and (d) synthetic, because it totalizes the fragments o f educational experience (that is to say the response and context o f the subject) and places this integrated understanding o f individual experience into the larger political and cultural web, explaining the dialectical relation between the two. (p. 424)

Page 70: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

69

Among the curriculum theorists who have worked directly with Freire’s

educational position and second-language education stand Elsa Auerbach, Claire

Kramsch, Peter L. McLaren, Alastair Pennycook, Christine E. Sleeter, Ira Shor, and Nina

Wallerstein. The literature demonstrates concern for application o f concepts included in

reconceptualist methodology and problem-posing education to foreign-language curricula

(Kramsch, Pennycook, and Wallerstein call attention specifically to the work of Paulo

Freire).

A process- and learner-centered approach to culture in the foreign-language

classroom extracts a concern for the real-life situation o f the learners as well as a

perception o f the student as decision-maker. In addition, learners’ perceptions o f their

own culture and surroundings become the main source o f content. After a cultural aspect

of the target-culture is identified, learners view it not in terms o f cultural facts, but by

synthetically relating it to various facets o f their lives. For example, in one o f the

experimental culture lessons, a discussion o f the German educational system led to

consideration o f the students’ perceptions o f their own educational system. The key to

achieving this was to focus on the learners’ cultures as a means o f providing a basis for

comparison with the target culture. Learners were consulted not only to indicate their

attitudes and understandings towards the topic o f discussion, but were also given the

opportunity to offer hypotheses regarding the cultural significance o f the topic. Such an

approach puts the students’ culture in the central position and understands the target-

language as a communicative tool to express that culture. In this respect, the classroom

Page 71: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

70

orientation o f the teacher as “dispenser o f knowledge” is shifted to teachers and students

as mutually reflecting on a cultural theme with both contributing valid insights (Freire

1970). This design is oriented significantly towards popular culture, with “culture”

considered in terms o f how people live, work, and communicate.

The goal in using such an approach was to emphasize the ambiguity o f culture and

the lengthy process involved in learning about culture. At no time was an emphasis given

to the acquisition o f a set body o f cultural knowledge (i.e. facts, figures, etc) nor was

cultural knowledge imparted to the learners through such activities as explanation or

lecture. The assumptions which underlie the experimental culture lessons are as follows:

1. Culture learning consists o f acquiring organizing principles through encountering experience.

2. The teacher is an equal learner in the culture-learning process3. Cultural information is to be found everywhere - amongst the students, in

the local community, and in the media as well as in the textbooks.4. It is the role o f the teacher to assist learners to become self-directed culture

learners by providing encouragement through such activities as active listening and questioning.

5. Culture learning consists o f forming hypotheses about the target-culture and culture in general, these hypotheses being constantly modified based on student- and teacher-generated input. (Adapted from Crawford-Lange 1982, p. 87)

In the case o f the experimental culture lessons, the goal was to focus on

techniques o f enquiry and on the process o f learning about culture rather than facts about

the target culture. The paucity o f reliable cultural data often requires that students

approach a culture not as a “given” to be acquired from books but rather as a topic for

exploration (Stem 1995, p. 228). This is important because research indicates that

students’ interest in the target culture and society is not primarily abstract, theoretical,

Page 72: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

71

and scientific (Stem, p. 228). Nostrand (1974), Seelye (1984), and Robinson (1987) have

also recognized this same point and emphasize the importance o f culture-teaching

techniques which enable students to find out for themselves, and to approach the target

society with an open mind. In addition, Ijaz (1984) has noted that experiential programs

which focus on a process approach to learning have been found to be successful in the

promotion o f positive interethnic attitudes:

A truly successful educational program for altitudinal change has tocombine a variety o f approaches, intellectual and factual, emotional andaffective, techniques involving perceptual differentiation, (p. 135)

Thus, the five experimental culture lessons used in this study focused on a

“generative process” o f learning rather than on the type o f learning often characterized as

“information acquisition”. In theory and in practice, an information-acquisition approach

and a learner-centered approach complement one another, with each design offering

alternatives for the deficiencies o f the other. Because o f variations among learners, these

two systems should be viewed as compatible. A process- and learner-centered approach

to culture stresses that:

1. the student must be actively involved in defining the content o f culture learning

2. language cannot be learned apart from the learner’s culture3. culture learning does not have to follow a prespecified sequence4. evaluation o f culture learning does not have to proceed through discrete

units5. the development o f critical thinking is one o f the primary purposes of

educational activity (Adapted from Crawford-Lange 1982, p. 87)

Page 73: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

72

An information-acquisition approach, on the other hand, stresses:

1. the content for the learner2. that language can be taught apart from its culture3. specific objectives, and, generally their sequence4. discrete item mastery and evaluation5. that the acquisition o f knowledge is one o f the primary purposes o f

educational activity (Adapted from Crawford-Lange 1982, p. 87)

Which o f the two designs a teacher employs depends partially on the teacher’s

personal beliefs about education, the expectations o f students, and the goal o f the specific

educational activity.

3.5.2.1 The Experimental Culture Lessons

The overall goal in designing the experimental lessons was to actively involve■4

learners by assisting them in analyzing, discriminating, and responding to multiple

stimuli. The goal o f each individual culture lesson was to blend structure and spontaneity

into a meaningful learning experience. Whenever possible, the learning process was

negotiated. In other words, this researcher made adjustments in the content o f each

lesson based on mutual teacher-student preferences and input. The underlying structure

for each experimental culture lesson incorporated:

1. the introduction o f a conflict/issue/problem2. opportunities for self-expression regarding the topic (e.g. in small-groups

or pairs)3. a class discussion about the topic4. an opportunity to find resolution in the topic5. an opportunity to find connections between the ideas presented in the

discussion and the goals o f culture/language learning.

Page 74: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

73

Other goals incorporated into the culture lessons included:

1. enhancing student abilities and competence in critical thinking2. creating an interdisciplinary context for each topic3. maintaining a global perspective throughout each lesson.

3.5.2.2 The Culture Portfolio

The term portfolio has become a popular buzzword. Unfortunately, it is not

always clear exactly what is meant or implied by the term, especially when used in the

context o f foreign-language culture learning. The use o f portfolios in the Department o f

German Studies at the University o f Arizona came about as a result o f dissatisfaction on

the part o f teaching assistants and the problems they were having with the use of

multiple-choice and other structured format tests for assessing culture. Three decades o f

research have also called for further strategies and innovations for evaluating students’

cultural skills (Brooks (1969); Lafayette and Schulz (1975); Seelye (1984 & 1991);

Valette in Valdes (1986); and Moore (1993 & 1994)); however, the development o f valid

and reliable tests for assessing cultural skills in the language classroom still remains

elusive and difficult (Moore 1994, p. 164). The problem, it seems, is that the ensemble of

theories and strategies aimed at teaching culture are not always accompanied with

creative approaches towards assessment:

In fact, there are very few documented studies on the topic o f testing culture learning. For example, Morain (1983) listed over twenty-five articles on the subject o f teaching culture, and only three works on the testing or evaluation o f culture, that o f the Nostrands (1970), that o f Lafayette and Schulz (1975) and that o f Bom (1975). (Moore 1994, p.164)

Page 75: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

74

When the only options for testing culture focus on measuring the knowledge of

bits and pieces o f information, rather than on critical thinking or insights made about the

essence o f a culture or society, the mode for teaching cultural knowledge tends to

highlight a facts and figures approach. Seeley (1991) goes as far as to urge teachers to

avoid such approaches to culture because they create and perpetuate stereotypes and over­

generalizations. Seelye recognized the problems inherent in testing culture using a facts

and figures format, but he offered no substantial guidance for the construction or scoring

of alternative forms o f assessment.

Seeley created his tests using native informants and, in spite o f his own criticism

of such approaches, used a traditional testing format:

1. When a Guatemalan gets up from the table after eating, hea. says thank you, or some other pleasantryb. just smilesc. says nothingd. says nothing, but taps his chest lightly The correct answer is “a ”

2. Sometimes a store displays a red flag (about 1; scare) outside its door. This indicates

a. the employees are strikingb. the store is closed for repairs or inventoryc. they are selling fresh meatd. none o f the above

The correct answer is “c ”

3. Which o f the following times would a Guatemalan traditionally eat tamales?a. Sunday noonb. Saturday eveningc. For breakfastd. There is no preferable custom

The correct answer is “b ”

Page 76: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

75

While it is true that tests like Seelye’s above can test geographical and historical

facts, tests like this reduce cultural, historical and geographical studies to the learning of

fragmented, incomplete and sometimes inaccurate information, promoting the teacher of

culture to over-generalize and make stereotypes (Arizpe and Aquirre, 1987). In addition,

the above test by Seelye does not encourage students to demonstrate understandings o f

the complexities or variations within the Guatemalan culture.

In a recent survey by Moore (1993), foreign language teachers indicated that they

consider multiple-choice questions and true/false statements as the most frequently used

format for testing culture. In addition, many educators expressed gloomy pessimism in

the area o f testing culture, and suggested that because o f the absence o f “a well-defined

assessment model for culture”, teachers should concentrate their attention on developing

and organizing cultural activities based on clear instructional goal statements (Omagio,

1993). Such an approach, however, only serves to perpetuate this vicious cycle (i.e.

because the only way to test culture is through multiple-choice and discrete point tests,

then our only option is to teach culture via a facts and figures approach). In recognizing

this cycle, this researcher reexamined the apparent contradiction between pedagogical

perceptions and popular approaches to foreign language instruction and assessment. On

the one hand, he found that German teachers at the University o f Arizona were concerned

with developing communicative competence, linguistic proficiency and cultural literacy,

but on the other hand, they also suffered the restrictions o f a narrowly goal-driven

curriculum with regards to culture, one based on setting convergent instructional goals

and testing the attainment o f these goals.

Page 77: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

76

In an attempt to steer away from the facts and figures approach to teaching

culture, this researcher reviewed several approaches that focused on the integration of

language and culture. Such approaches included (1) the culture capsule (Tylor and

Sorenson, 1961), (2) culture clusters (Meade and Morain, 1973), (3) culture assimilators

(Fiedler et ah, 1971), (4) mini-dramas (Gorden, 1968), (5) the micrologue (Mydlarski,

1979), and (6) the cultoon (Morain, 1979). Unfortunately, this researcher found that

although these approaches offer teachers alternatives to a facts and figures approach to

teaching culture, they still do not lend themselves to alternative formats o f assessment.

Research conducted by Moore (1993 & 1994), however, does offer several

alternatives in support o f a learner-centered and process approach to teaching and testing

culture. Her research focused on the use o f portfolios, which involve a variety o f

information sources that teachers and students use to monitor the growth o f the student’s

knowledge o f content, their use o f strategies, and their attitudes toward the

accomplishment o f goals in an organized and systematic way (Moore 1994,170). Moore

also suggests that the use o f portfolios differs from a facts and figures approach in that

they (1) are goal based, (2) show reflection between what a student wants to accomplish

and what is being accomplished, (3) contain samplings o f students’ work, projects,

anecdotal comments and tests, (4) contain evidence o f students’ growth, (5) span a period

of instruction, (6) allow for reflection, feedback and improvement, and (7) are flexible

and versatile. Several other researchers (e.g. French, 1991; Jongsma, 1989; McLean,

1990; Mills, 1989; Myers, 1987; Stiggins, 1991; Valencia, 1990; and Wolf, 1988) argue

Page 78: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

77

similarly that portfolio assessment accomplishes a variety of objectives. For example, the

use o f portfolios:

1. Capture a richer array o f what students know and can do than is possible with multiple-choice tests.

2. Portray the processes by which students learn and produce work.

3. Align assignments with what are considered important outcomes for students, which communicates the right message to students and others about the importance o f a process approach to learning. For example, when we emphasize higher order thinking in instruction, but only test factual knowledge (perhaps because testing thinking is difficult), students quickly learn that only facts and figures are o f value.

4. Provide realistic contexts for the production o f work, so that teachers can examine what students know and can do in real-life situations.

5. Provide continuous and ongoing information on how students are doing in order to chronicle development, give effective feedback to students, and encourage students to observe their own growth.

Moore’s 1994 article goes on to offer detailed steps regarding the implementation

of a culture portfolio into the foreign language classroom. The portfolio used for this

study was developed out o f her recommendations and involves the four steps outlined

below (a complete copy o f the culture portfolio and its components is provided in

STEP I. The PLAN/OUTLINE: This step involves selecting a topic, creating anoutline o f the portfolio content, a listing o f sources that the students will use, and a brief analysis o f why culture learning is important.

STEP II. The DRAFT; In this step, students expand on the sub-topics that theywrote about in the PLAN/OUTLINE. This is their chance to be creative and engage in the critical-thinking process! Students are encouraged to choose a variety of materials that are useful in describing their topic. For example, their sources may come from articles in newspapers or

Page 79: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

78

magazines, poetry, art, collages, short stories, photocopies, postcards, posters, videos, music, etc. Students know that they are free to use any number o f sources as long as they are able to demonstrate why it is relevant to their topic. In other words, students must demonstrate that they have studied and described their sources thoroughly.

STEP III. REVISION of the DRAFT! In addition to addressing the teacherscomments from the DRAFT, students must show in this step that they have thought critically about their topic and that they have been able to make connections between their overall topic, their various sub-topics, and their sources. Students are also asked to readdress the comments they made in the PLAN/OUTLINE regarding the importance o f studying culture.

STEP IV. The PRESENTATION; This is the final step in the portfolio process.Here students synthesize the most important and interesting aspects of their topic and present this information to the class. Students have between ten and fifteen minutes for the presentation.

The Department of German Studies at the University o f Arizona has been using

such a culture portfolio for the past six semesters. Although the implementation of the

culture portfolio for the purposes o f teaching and testing culture received a variety of

criticisms (namely that the grading process is time consuming), it is believed among most

of the teachers in this department that such an evaluation procedures avoids regurgitation

of facts, minimizes the memorization o f totally unrelated bits and pieces o f information,

and encourages more realistic achievement o f educational goals and objectives.

As stated above, the comparison group did not participate in the culture portfolio

process, and thus, was not exposed to a process approach to culture learning. In terms of

the culture portfolio as a form o f treatment, both it and the experimental culture lessons

are believed to be complementary in nature. For example, both the culture portfolio and

the experimental culture lessons encourages students to perform in ways that demand

Page 80: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

79

more than just learning bits and pieces o f cultural information. In addition, both

approaches provide opportunities for students to learn about their own culture and the

cultures o f other peoples in “more varied and reasoned ways” (Longer, 1987). The use o f

portfolios is also based on the same pedagogical principles that were used in designing

the experimental culture lessons: involving students in decision-making about what they

learn and how they learn it. The use o f a culture portfolio also upholds the principles

developed by Freire and the reconceptualists in that it promotes self-directed learning,

encourages consciousness-raising and critical thinking, and promotes the understanding

that culture is not static (Moore 1994, p. 178). Moore also argues that because culture is

learned, negative values and attitudes can also be unlearned, and positive attitudes can be

inculcated (178).

3.6 DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF RESEARCH DESIGN

3.6.1 Using Intact Groups

In implementing this study, the ideal situation would have been the ability to

select subjects randomly for a population and to then assign them randomly to either the

treatment or comparison group. Nonetheless, the logistical, practical, and institution-

related problems associated with such a selection would have resulted in a virtually

unmanageable experimental situation. According to Nunan (1992), it is not always

feasible to rearrange students into different groups or classes at will:

Page 81: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

80

There are times when, i f we are to carry out an experiment at all, it will have to be with intact groups o f subjects, that is, subjects who have been grouped together for reasons other than the carrying out o f an experiment.In these situations, while the internal validity o f the experiment is weakened, it may still be thought desirable to proceed with the study. In instances such as this, researchers speak o f quasi- or pre-experiments rather than true experiments, (p. 27)

Similarly, Hatch and Farhady (1982) argue that although constructing a true experimental

design may be difficult, if not impossible, it does not mean that we should abandon

research or that our studies need be invalid (p. 23).

The use o f intact groups in research usually involves a number o f variables which

may make it difficult to attribute attitudinal changes to the treatment alone. To

accommodate this problem, researchers can design studies that approximate the

conditions o f a “true” experiment. Quasi-experimental research tries to accomplish this

through designs which have both pre- and posttests and experimental and control groups,

but no random assignment o f subjects (Nunan 1992, p. 41). In this way, quasi-

experimental design allows one to control as many variables as possible, to limit the

kinds o f interpretations that can be made about cause-effect relationships, and to “hedge”

the power o f generalization statements (Hatch and Farhady, 1982).

As in many educational studies which use quasi-experimental designs, it was

necessary in this study to use intact groups. As Borg and Gall (1989) state, “an intact

group” is a set o f individuals who must be treated as members o f an administratively

defined group rather than as individual persons” (p. 668).

Page 82: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

81

While such a situation may appear initially to pose a threat to internal validity,

Borg and Gall (1989) suggest that this can be avoided if classrooms are randomly

assigned to experimental groups, appropriate statistical procedures are used, and

randomization problems, such as faulty assignment to treatment groups or too small

sample size, are avoided (p. 668).

Borg and Gall (1989) list two conditions necessary to further classify the intact

group design as a nonequivalent control-group design. The first o f these is that subjects

are not randomly assigned to groups. The second is that a pre- and posttest are

administered (690). Both o f these conditions were met in this study.

In a nonequivalent control-group design, the lack o f random assignment

necessitates a thorough description o f the initial characteristics o f the groups (see TABLE

3.2 below). This allows the researcher to decide whether observed group differences on

the post-test were caused by the treatment or by pre-existing group differences on one or

more variables.

The design employed here, then, was a nonequivalent control group (quasi-

experimental) design utilizing intact groups.

3.6.2 Characteristics o f the Treatment and Comparison Groups

Table 3.2 below shows that students were fairly evenly distributed. When reading

this table, it is important to note that percentage totals may not add up to 100% (e.g. they

may add up to 99% or 101%) due to rounding error.

Page 83: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

Subjects were distributed almost perfectly between the two sexes within each o f

the two groups. In terms o f age, one subject was 45, one was 55.7 and the rest were

under 31. Freshmen composed the single largest group, as could perhaps be expected in a

first-semester language course; there were also large numbers o f sophomores and juniors

and somewhat fewer seniors and graduate students. Students’ major was broken down

into four categories: business and economics, science, humanities, and language. O f the

89 subjects, 82 were bom in the United States and learned English as their first language.

Students in the comparison group tended to have spent more time abroad than did

students in the treatment group; however, this difference was not statistically significant

(chi-square p-value = 0.45). As a whole, 49% of the subj ects had never left the United

States. In terms o f language-learning ability 48% of the subjects rated themselves in the

category “low”. On the other hand, 73 % o f the subj ects rated themselves as having

“high” interest.

Students were dropped from the study (fourteen in total) only if they did not

complete the treatment or because they did not finish the course. In other words, students

were dropped at random and there was no predictive reason for excluding a student from

the study (i.e students were not dropped because o f age, sex, low scores, etc.).

82

Page 84: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

Table 3.2 Descriptive StatisticsCx Tx Total

Total: 42 (47%) 47 (53%) 89 (100%)

Sex F 22 (52%) 23 (49%) 45 (51%)M 20 (48%) 24 (51%) 44 (49%)

Age Mean 21.7 21.6 21.7 (median = 20.3)Min, Max 18.2,45.1 17.0,55.7 17.0, 55.7

Class Fres/Soph 25 (28%) 30 (34%) 55 (62%)Rank Jr/Sr/Grad 17 (19%) 17 (19%) 34 (38%)

Major Bus/Sci 26(29%) 23 (26%) 49 (55%)Humanities 16(18%) 24 (27%) 40 (45%)

Previous No 8 (19%) 1 (2 %) 9 (10%)Language Yes 34 (81%) 46 (98%) 80 (90%)Study

USA No 1 (2%) 6 (13%) 7 (8%)Yes 41 (98%) 41 (87%) 82 (92%)

Ll=Eng No 1(2%) 6 (13%) 7 (8%)Yes 41 (98%) 41 (87%) 82 (92%)

Exp. No 19 (45%) 25 (53%) 44 (49%)Abroad Yes 23 (55%) 22 (47%) 45 (51%)

Ability Low 20 (48%) 23 (49%) 43 (48%)High 22 (52%) 24 (51%) 46 (52%)

Interest Low 13(31%) 11(23%) 24 (27%)High 29 (69%) 36 (77%) 65 (73%)

Mot ENT 35 (83%) 40 (85%) 75 (84%)INST 7(17) 7 (15%) 14 (16%)

Percentages reflect group totals. Example: 22/44 (52%) of comparison group is female.

Page 85: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

84

3.6.3 Description o f Instruments used for Quantitative Data Collection

3.6.3.1 The Personal Data Sheet

Since personal background is very much bound to the attitudes one holds, it was

important in this study to consider several learner variables. The first instrument used

was the Personal Data Sheet (PDS), which was designed to gather information about each

subject’s personal background. The items on this instrument were chosen based on

factors that offer potential explanations for variations among learner attitudes. According

to Larsen-Freeman and Long (1991), such factors include (among others) age,

motivation, and prior experience ( p. 153). Based oh their research, and on experiential

evidence about which variables could be relevant, the PDS was designed to gather

information about age, sex, year in college, major, country o f birth, prior language

learning experience, time spent abroad, and German language learning motivation.

Although much o f the research on learner variables among second language

learners is inconclusive or contradictory, there are obvious implications that can be made

to justify their analysis in this study. Bransh (1986), for example, showed in a study on

the racial attitudes o f children (four through seven) that age is a significant factor (p.

719). Sludermann et al. (1986) showed in an investigation o f sociocultural changes on

adolescents that age is a powerful factor in one’s attitude towards self and others (p. 129).

This researcher found no studies which investigated correlations o f age (or sex) to

attitudes in the same way the present study does; however, one study by Gardner (1990)

Page 86: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

85

on the multidimensional nature o f language preference, did investigate age (among other

variables) in relation to various attitudes and stereotypes among a sample o f Polish

immigrants in Canada. Gardner’s analysis indicated that both acculturation and second

language acquisition o f immigrants were dependent on age (p. 3).

In terms o f motivation, previous research showed that this item may correlate

differently depending on the type motivation. Gardner & Lambert (1972), for example,

distinguish two types o f motivation:

instrumental motivation: wanting to learn a language because it will be useful for certain “instrumental” goals, such as getting a job, reading a foreign newspaper, passing an examination.

integrative motivation: wanting to learn a language in order to communicate with people o f another culture who speak it (p. 17).

According to Gardner, integratively oriented individuals may tend to be more

highly motivated than individuals with other orientations; however, he maintains that this

association is not guaranteed a priori (Gardner, p. 54). Oiler, Hudson and Lie (1977)

argued that Gardner and Lambert’s classification is ambiguous because some researchers

have classified ‘to travel abroad’ as instrumental, whereas others have classified it as

integrative. Clement and Kruidenier (1983), however, found that such labels for

motivation are relatively stable. In their study, they found that four orientations were

common to all o f their eight samples: instrumental, friendship, travel and knowledge

orientations. As a result, the social psychological constructs postulated by Gardner and

Lambert were used in this study. The PDS contained two items related to motivation.

The first used a Likert-type scale: How important is it for you to learn a foreign

Page 87: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

86

language? The second was open ended: Why or why not is it important for you to study a

foreign language. Please explain your reasoning in as much detail as possible. Answers

to the second item were classified as integratively oriented if they emphasized meeting

and conversing with people or a desire to better understand German speaking people and

their way o f life. Such responses were classified as integrative because they appeared to

stress interaction with members o f a German speaking community for social purposes. In

other words, the underlying aim for learning German appeared to involve interaction with

a German speaking person or community. Students were classified as instrumentally

oriented if they emphasized that they were learning German because it would be useful in

obtaining a job or if it made them better educated. The focus in these instances appeared

to be away from any social contact with a German speaking community, emphasizing

instead pragmatic reasons for learning German. The final decision for determining either

integrative or instrumental orientation resulted in what appeared to be the ultimate goal o f

the individual.

In terms o f sex, there are studies that systematically investigated foreign language

learning in females versus males; several studies indicate that females enjoy a rate

advantage in terms o f first language acquisition. A study conducted by Cross (1983)

evaluated the commonly held idea that girls are better second language learners than

boys. His results indicated that boys were not weaker in any o f the language skill areas

tested (Cross, p. 159). In another study, Tran (1988) examined sex differences in English

language acculturation and learning strategies among Vietnamese refugees using data

Page 88: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

87

from a national sample. Tran found that females had more language problems than

males, and that males were more likely than females to use various learning strategies to

improve their language skills (Tran, p. 748). Farhady (1982), however, found that female

subjects significantly outperformed male subjects on a listening comprehension test in a

study o f 800 foreign language placement exams (taken from Larsen-Freeman & Long

1992, p. 204). These varying conclusions indicate that sex differences depend on the

group and context under which the group is learning a second language.

Finally, the PDS considered prior experience. In determining the item format for

gathering data on prior knowledge, this researcher considered a study by Nation and

McLaughlin (1986) who argued that knowledge o f a second language is likely to

accelerate the learning process o f additional languages (Nation and McLaughlin).

3.6.3.2 The Cross-Cultural Adaptability Inventory (CCAI)

The Cross-Cultural Adaptability Inventory (CCAI) was developed as a

training instrument to provide individuals with personalized insights into their potential

for adjustment to a new environment. The basis for the instrument comes from an in-

depth review o f research on the different types o f cross-cultural adaptability. For

example, Kelley and Meyers’ review began with research from Oberg’s work (I960),

who introduced the concept o f culture shock (the psychological reaction that individuals

experience when they enter another culture and the conflict that arises between their

identity and the values, perceptions, and social cues o f the other culture). From there,

they looked at research which attempted to find predictors o f cross-cultural success and

Page 89: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

88

various topologies o f intercultural situations. Their analysis included a review of studies

on cross-cultural adaptability relating to business (Cleveland, Mangone, and Adams,

1960), personnel technical assistance (Hawes & Kealey, 1981); (Ruben and Kealey,

1979), the military (Gudykunst, Hammer, and Wiseman, 1977) and the Peace Corps

(Harris, 1972). Despite the diversity o f the these research projects, Kelley and Meyers

found a consensus regarding what constituted intercultural effectiveness: open-

mindedness to new ideas and experiences, intercultural empathy, accurate perception of

similarities and differences between cultures, nonjudgementalness, astute, noncritical

observation of one’s own and others' behavior, the ability to establish meaningful

relationships with host-culture persons, and minimal ethnocentrism.

In other research influential in the construction o f the CCAI, Kelley and Meyers

looked at work done by Cui and Van Den Berg (1991) who studied the construct of

intercultural effectiveness and found that it was possible to reduce the large number of

factors associated with it. Their research defined it as “the ability to communicate

effectively across cultures” (p. 229). Cui and Van Den Berg (1991) used a cognitive-

affective-behavioral framework and cited three factors - communication competence,

cultural empathy, and communication behavior - as determinants o f intercultural

effectiveness. They also found a fourth factor, patience and flexibility, “to be consistently

influential” (p.231). Cultural fit (i.e., similarity between two cultures), ability to speak

the native language, awareness that one will be treated as an outsider, and previous

experience abroad were among other elements cited as being helpful towards cross-

Page 90: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

89

cultural adaptability. Except the data published in the manual, no literature has been

published on the CCAI. Kelley and Meyers based the following four components of the

CCAI on a thorough literature review and on expert opinion:

Emotional Resilience (EM): Many researchers have cited the negative emotional reactions experienced by individuals in new cultures as a result of the lack o f familiar, culture-specific cues (Oberg, 1960); (Searle &Ward, 1990); (Ward and Searle, 1991) and the importance o f dealing with stress as a component o f intercultural effectiveness (Abe & Wiseman,1983); (Church, 1982). Cleveland et al. (1960), as cited in Hannigan (1990), describe the person who is successful in another culture as “resourceful and buoyant” and able to “snap back rapidly from discouragement and frustration” (p. 98). Guthrie (1975) observed that an effective cross-cultural experience requires “some humility about one’s own social competence and enough self-confidence to keep on trying” (p.99). Culture shock, often considered to be inherent in the cross-cultural experience, generally includes some negative affect. An individual’s capacity to modulate and deal effectively with this reaction is very important. (Kelley and Meyers, p. 9)

The ER scale is the largest o f the four CCAI scales, with eighteen items. This category is

grouped according to subscales comprising six items on Coping, especially with stress

and ambiguity (1, 4, 34, 36, 39, 48), four on Accepting and rebounding from

imperfections and mistakes (7, 10,26, 31,45), three on Trying new things and

experiences (13,18, 23, 29), and three on Interacting with people in new or unfamiliar

situations (16, 21, 42).

Flexibility and Openness (FO): A nonjudgmental attitude and flexible role behavior are cited often in the literature as major components o f cross-cultural effectiveness (Gullahaom & Gullahom, 1963; Hannigan,1990); (Hanvey, 1976); (Hawes & Kealey, 1981); (Ruben & Kealey,1979). Cognitive flexibility - the ability to be broad-minded - is listed as an important dimension by Detweiler (1978). Hawes and Kealey (1981) describe an “interpersonal orientation” that embodies “curiosity and natural respect toward others” (p. 253). Individuals with these

Page 91: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

90

characteristics are ready to listen to others, become acquainted with them, and seek to understand their world view. This is similar to the nonjudgmental attitude o f the “third culture perspective” described by Hammer et al. (1978).(Kelley and Meyers, p. 9)

The FO scale has fifteen items, which are grouped according to subscales comprising

eight items on Liking for, openness toward, interest in, and desire to learn from

unfamiliar people and ideas (5, 8, 11, 22, 40, 43, 46,49), four on Tolerance,

nonjudgmentalness, and understanding toward others who are different from oneself {19,

27, 32, 37), and three on Flexibility with regard to experiences (2 ,14, 30).

Perceptual Acuity: Cleveland et al. (1960) were among the earliest researchers to identify cultural empathy as a key component o f success in effective cross-cultural performance. They cite Binges’s (1983) description o f cultural empathy” [it] is highly cognitive in emphasis, requiring the skill to understand the logic and coherence o f other cultures and the restraint to avoid negative attributions based on perceived differences between one’s own and others’ behavior. Both perceptiveness and receptiveness are essential elements o f this process, as well as the capacity for action derived from understanding” (p. 179). According to Bennett (1986), the most common form o f adaptation is empathy; she describes an intentional shift in frame o f reference. In an intercultural experience, empathy can involve a shift in cultural world view. The importance o f communication competence is underscored by many other researchers. This includes not only language proficiency but also the ability to comprehend verbal and nonverbal cues within the context o f a social relationship (Hammer et al., 1978; Kim, 1986) arid to communicate effectively across cultures (Cui & Van Den Berg, 1991). (Kelley and Meyers, p. 10)

The PAC scale focuses on communication cues and skills and accurate interpretation of

those cues across cultures. The PA subscale is comprised of ten items (3, 9 ,15 ,20 , 24,

28, 33, 38, 44, 50).

Page 92: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

91

Personal Autonomy: Hawes and Kealey (1981) cite a sense o f identity as one o f three global characteristics that are necessary for confident interaction with a host culture. “The person can remain open to experiencing local people and culture without feeling threatened by the differences, nor desiring to abandon his own identity in favor o f theirs: (p.253). The relationship o f the self to the new culture is at the crux o f all cross-cultural interaction. Whether referred to as self-esteem, self concept, or identity, the idea that an individual’s sense o f self is thrown into conflict when he or she encounters cultural differences is a basic assumption inherent in culture shock (Hoffman, 1990). “Self is seen as an arena for cross-cultural conflict, with cultural adaptation defined primarily in terms o f how well one can manage cultural conflicts successfully so as to preserve self-concept and a sense o f high self-esteem” (p. 276). In addition, respect for the host culture is often cited as a major component of cross-cultural effectiveness (Gallahom & Cllahom, 1963); Hannigan,1990; Hanvey, 1976; Hawes & Kealey, 1981; Ruben & Kealey, 1979).(Kelley and Meyers p. 10)

The PA items deal with personal identity, values, beliefs, and empowerment in the

context o f unfamiliar environments and different values. The PA scale is comprised o f

seven items (6 ,12 ,17 , 25, 35, 41, 47).

The CCAI was not designed to be used in a pre-test/post test format (i.e. it was

developed as a training tool to be used in group or individual counseling sessions with

individuals who have moved or are preparing to move to another culture). However, in

the case o f this study, the treatment group received structured feedback about how to

interpret the CCAI (i.e. each individual in the treatment group received personalized

insights/feedback into their potential for adjustment to a new environment based on

his/her CCAI scores); the comparison group did not. Because positive expectations are

associated with cross-cultural effectiveness, Kelley and Meyers argue that the CCAI,

along with the proper feedback, helps individuals form positive and realistic expectations

Page 93: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

92

about cross-cultural situations (p. 2-3). Thus, the two groups may show varying gain

scores as a result o f the treatment group not receiving feedback on their scores.

This researcher choose the CCAJ for use in this study because its four components

(from above) were all applicable to the goals of the experimental culture lessons. Two

other instruments considered in place o f the CCAI were R.W. Norton’s Measurement of

Ambiguity Tolerance (1975) and W.J. Reddin’s Culture Shock Inventory. The former

was not chosen because o f its narrow focus on just the ambiguity tolerance construct (the

CCAI includes ambiguity tolerance among its four components; thus, Norton’s

measurement would have overlapped with the CCAI). The later was not chosen because

no where in the manual does Reddin provide a theoretical justification for his

conceptualization o f culture shock. Although the components o f the CSI have reasonable

face validity, no references are given to previous theory or research. The CSI manual

also provides very few details about the interpretation o f subject’s results. The CCAI’s

manual provides very detailed information about how to interpret scores, which formed

the basis o f the feedback provided to the treatment group. In addition, the idea o f

“Cultural Knowledge” seemed to be a questionable dimension on the CSI. It is clear that

some knowledge o f the target culture is useful as “conversational currency” (Benson

1990, p. 209) while overseas, but sampling specific information from varied cultures

seems o f questionable value as a predictor o f culture shock in a specific country (Benson

1990, p. 209).

Page 94: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

93

3.6.3.3 The Attitudes Measurement Test Battery

The Attitudes and Motivation Test Battery (AMTB) (Gardner, Smthe, & Clement,

1974) has been used extensively to measure language learners’ attitudes and motivations.

This instrument was validated and standardized on students in grades 7 to 11 (on

Anglophone Canadian students), and more recently on college students (Gardner and

MacIntyre). For the purposes o f this study, the AMTB was modified slightly to address

attitudes toward German speakers. The subscales consisted o f statements that students

responded to on a six-item Likert scale ranging from definitely not true (1) to definitely

true (6). These subscales comprised ten items on Attitudes toward German Speakers

(ATGS, 1-10), ten on Interest in Foreign Languages (INFL, 11-20), four on Integrative

Orientation (IGO, 21-24), four on Instrumental Orientation (ISO, 25-28), three on

German Class Anxiety (GCA, 29-31), and three on Parental Encouragement (PE, 32-34).

A composite score was computed by adding each o f the six subscale totals to obtain the

Attitudes, Interest, and Orientation Index (AIOI). Each subscale within the original

AMTB has recently been shown to have strong construct validity (Gardner and MacIntyre

1993). In a study that used the AMTB, Lambert et al. found that fiancophilia was

positively related to achievement for adults registered in elementary sections of summer

French Programs, but negatively related for those in advanced sections (Lambert 1963).

Other research, however, has been more consistent. Mueller and Miller (1970) found that

attitudes toward French people correlated significantly with student grades (p. 297). This

finding was replicated in another study conducted by Mueller in 1971 (p. 290). Jacobsen

Page 95: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

94

and Imhoff (1974) also demonstrated the importance o f attitudes toward the target

culture. In a study o f 600 Protestant missionaries living in Japan who had studied at least

two years o f Japanese, Jacobsen and Imhoff found that japanophilia was among the three

best predictors o f speaking proficiency for both men and women (Jacobsen and Imhoff).

In a recent study, Mantle-Bromely (1995) attempted to maintain and/or improve students’

attitudes toward French and Spanish speakers (replicating an earlier study (Mantle-

Bromley and Miller, 1991)). The results o f her study also suggested a relationship

between target-culture attitude and language learning success.

The relationship between students’ attitudes and cultural beliefs and their eventual

second language proficiency has been studied for over 20 years (Gardner 1985). Over the

years, researchers have found that students’ attitudes are not only related to their

participation in class (Gardner et al 1990), but to their willingness to work on language

skills outside o f class (Gardner and Smythe 1975). Their attitudes and beliefs also

ultimately affect the foreign language proficiency level achieved - students with more

positive attitudes are more successful in class and, naturally, more likely to continue their

study for longer periods of time (Bartley, 1969); (Clement, Smythe & Gardner, 1978).

3.6.3.4 The Beliefs About Language Learning Inventory

The Beliefs about Language Learning Inventory (BALLI) was developed to

assess student opinions on a variety o f issues and controversies related to language

learning (Horwitz 1988, p. 284). The BALLI contains thirty-four items and assesses

student beliefs in five major areas: 1) difficulty o f language learning; 2) foreign language

Page 96: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

95

aptitude: 3) the nature o f language learning; 4) learning and communication strategies;

and 5) motivations and expectations. Ninety students o f German were asked to read each

item on the BALLI and then to indicate a response ranging from definitely true to

definitely not true. BALLI items were derived from frequently occurring comments

taken from an extensive collection o f interviews with language learners and teachers

(Horwitz 1988), thereby contributing to the validity o f the instrument. Several composite

scores (four total) are derived from the BALLI. Each subscale consisted o f statements

that students responded on a six-item Likert scale ranging from definitely not true (1) to

definitely true (6). These subscales comprised six items on The Difficulty of Language

Learning (DLL, 3, 4, 6, 14, 24, 28), nine onForeign Language Aptitude (FLA, 1, 2, 10,

15, 22,29, 32, 33, 34), The Nature of Language Learning (NLL, 8, 11, 16, 20, 25,26),

and Learning and Communication Strategies (LCS, 17 ,21 ,7 ,9 ,1 2 ,1 3 ,1 8 ,1 9 ) . The

subsection Motivations and Expectations (four items) was eliminated because o f its

overlap with the AMTB. It is important to note that the BALLI was used here not only to

gather descriptive information (i.e. to see whether or not German 101 students begin their

language study with beliefs and expectations that might be inaccurate or unrealistic), but

also as a means o f comparing two groups. This is important because previous studies

have used the BALLI for descriptive purposes (see Mantle-Bromley 1995) and have

shown that students often begin their studies with inaccurate beliefs about language

learning. Through the pre/post-test format, this study will also analyze whether strategy

training is a possible avenue for helping students better understand whether their

preconceived notions about language learning interfere with their language studies.

Page 97: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

96

3.6.4 Description o f Qualitative Data Collection Procedures

In an attempt to present a more comprehensive and valid explanation o f the

information gathered from the instruments discussed below (see section 3.6.4), this study

also included qualitative methodologies, which were all aimed at gathering information

on subjects’ attitudes towards the various treatments. The quantitative instruments used

in this study stress control and lend themselves to manipulation and linear analysis. The

long standing acceptance o f this type o f research methodology often precludes any need

to justify quantitative methodologies as they are taken for granted by the discipline.

Many researchers are committed to logical positivism to the exclusion o f other

philosophies o f science (Hatch & Lazaration, 1991), but even the contemporary version

of positivism, logical empiricism, is only one view o f science - one which is relatively

recent. Qualitative analysis o f attitudes and individual difference has been proposed by a

number o f researchers as a separate but necessary adjunct to experimental research.

Wundt, for example, advocated a Votkerpsychologie based on historical, ethnographic,

and comparative analysis o f human cultural products, especially language, myth, and

custom in order to obtain a complete picture o f the human mind (Danziger 1990, p. 57).

Despite the importance o f all the components that go into human interaction, thus

affecting social behavior, the use o f only quantitative research would miss these

influences through its attempts at controlled manipulation.

Page 98: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

97

Qualitative or new paradigm research strives to put the humanness back into the

science o f human behavior. It draws on traditional social anthropological methods such

as participant observation, informal interviewing and analysis of documents (Danziger

1990, p. 61). Unlike traditional experimental research, qualitative research does not view

individual differences as nuisance to be dismissed as error (Haase and Myers). In

addition, qualitative methods may help to gather information that is impossible to obtain

using quantitative methods (Haase and Myers 1982).

Despite large differences in the paradigmatic assumptions underlying the various

views on how research should be conducted, these views need not remain antithetical to

one another. Many researchers argue that both are necessary to obtain a comprehensive

understanding o f a topic: qualitative to get at individual interpretation o f experience and

quantitative to explain beyond the individual (Guba and Lincoln 1989, p. 72) (for a more

detailed discussion on this subject, see Guba & Lincoln 1989).

In light o f these arguments, this study attempted to capitalize on the strengths o f

both approaches through the use o f solid data collecting techniques and instruments, and

empirical analyses. The following qualitative methodology was employed to examine the

subjective experience o f the participants in this study.

3.6.4.1 Feedback from Strategy and Experimental Culture Lessons

At the end o f each strategy and culture lesson, participants were asked to write

brief comments regarding (1) their immediate reaction to the lesson (i.e. positive or

negative and a short reason why), and (2) suggestions on how to make the lessons more

Page 99: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

98

useful or suggestions for future topics o f discussion. In general, the students’ comments

were positive (see chart below) and were between four and seven sentences long. The

following examples come from students participating in the culture lessons:

1. Positive (CL #3): The culture lesson was good this time because it was something more concrete than past classes. I could really relate to the friimdlfreund discussion and could see differences between German people and American people.

2. Positive (CL #3): I really liked today’s class. I have a theory myself and that is American culture is more relaxed.

3. Positive (CL #3): I found this lesson interesting because the way certain words are used in different languages reveals a lot about the culture.These things are important to know when learning a language or preparing to go abroad.

4. Neutral (CL #1): Today wasn’t really positive or negative. I think that the test is a little bland, hence the discussions about it likewise, but I always appreciate an open forum for discussion. I thought we would discuss the German culture. I’d be more interested in learning about that than something so vague.

5. Negative (CL #1): A waste o f time because that is how I feel.

The first comment and the fourth comment above are typical o f many students’

responses in that they indicate a desire for concrete examples o f “culture”. The third and

fourth sentences in #4 above, for example, indicate that the student expected to be given

concrete examples regarding the target culture. In comment #1 the student reacts

positively because she/he finally feels as though the information provided is concrete.

Because o f the responses from culture lessons one and two, lesson three was designed to

be less vague in its content. Comment #2 is interesting because it indicates that this

student involved herself in self-reflective thinking about her own culture. In comment

Page 100: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

99

#3, the student has clearly made a connection between “culture learning” and a positive

experience abroad. The final comment from above is somewhat defensive in nature.

Perhaps the student felt that his/her scores on the CCAI were low or different from other

students and that this was negative. One o f the points that this researcher tried to clarify

in introducing the CCAI was that there are no right or wrong answers. Nevertheless,

several students did indicate that they were unhappy about their CCAI results.

The following examples come from students participating in the strategy lessons:

1. Positive (SL #3: This was pretty helpful not only with German but even for understanding the things I do in English.

2. Negative (SL #4): I don’t think today’s exercise was all that useful, at least for me because I am pretty set in my manner o f reading, in English and in German.

3. Neutral (SL #2): It was a little useful, but the writing strategies are self- explanatory. I have trouble memorizing all the different conjugations for accusative and dative... maybe your could cover something like that in the next lesson.

4. Positive (SL #1): Today was interesting. I think everyone benefits especially from hearing about other people’s strategies for learning. Most people find learning a new language as foreign and difficult, but when students share I think it helps.

5. Positive (SL #4): This lesson was helpful for me in the sense that it made me understand why it is harder for me as an adult to pick up a second language. It helped me understand how I can change my thoughts to get new insights on learning a second language.

Comment #1 is typical o f many of the students’ responses in that the student has

applied what she/he has learned to both German and English. Many o f the students’

comments revealed that the strategy lessons were useful in helping to understand the

Page 101: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

100

English language as well as the German language. Many o f the o f negative reactions (as

in #2 above) revealed that students feel pretty set in their ways and that even the most

aggressive strategy training would not help. In a similar tone, many students revealed

that they already have a high level o f awareness regarding strategies and that strategy

training was a waste o f time. Comment #3 can also be generalized in that many students

did not feel as though their specific needs were being met. This researcher attempted to

create strategy lessons that would appeal to a wide variety o f learners, but several

students felt that this approach was too general to meet their needs. Comment #4 is also

indicative o f many o f the positive reactions. Many o f the positive reactions involved

statements about how good it felt to know that other students were experiencing the same

types o f language-learning problems. As with the reactions to the culture lessons, several

comments from the students in the strategy lessons (e.g. #5 above) indicated that they

preferred an explicit approach to teaching. The percentages below designate general

student reactions towards the culture and strategy lessons.

Page 102: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

101

Table 3.3 Student Reactions to Culture and Strategy Lessons

Culture Lessons Strategy Lessons

Positive Negative Neutral Positive Negative Neutral

Lesson # 1 77% n% n% 72% 9% 19%

Lesson # 2 74% 15% n% 67% 16% 17%

Lesson # 3 100% 0% 0% 58% 25% 17%

Lesson # 4 92% 0% 8% 100% 0% 0%

Lesson $ 5 76% 12% 12% 68% 17% 15%

Total 83% 8 % 9% 72% 13% 15%

3.6.4.2 Classroom Observations and Teacher Interviews

Each o f the four teachers participating in this study were interviewed and

observed once. The purpose o f the interview and the observation was to gain insights on

teacher attitudes towards culture teaching, which aided this researcher in making the

treatment and control group assignments. In this sense, the teachers were type-cast as a

way o f creating greater congruency between the teacher’s culture-teaching philosophy

and his/her assigned group. Specifically, the two teachers who were most interested in

teaching culture via a process- and learner-centered approach were assigned to the

treatment group, and the two teachers who favored teaching culture via an information-

acquisition approach were assigned to the comparison group.

The teacher interview and classroom observations revealed that the teachers in

this study have definite preferences on how culture should be taught. The two teachers

who were assigned to the treatment group clearly liked the idea o f using a culture

Page 103: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

102

portfolio. The two teachers who were assigned to the control group were somewhat

negative towards the culture portfolio in that they felt that it required too much work on

the part o f the teacher. One o f the control-group teachers also indicated that one reason

for his negative sentiment towards the portfolio was that he did not understand the

purpose o f the culture portfolio and therefore didn’t feel he could help the students in this

area. Helping teaching assistants to understand the purpose o f the culture portfolio and

how best to follow through with its objectives has been an on-going challenge for TA

professional development and was not a unique issue that evolved solely from this

interview.

3.6.4.3 Student Interviews

Seven students were interviewed from both the comparison group and the

treatment group and took place in the last week o f the semester in which the study took

place. Students in both groups were asked the following questions:

1. What is the purpose o f foreign language learning?2. What does it mean to learn something about another culture?3. Is it important to learn about culture while studying a foreign language?

Why?4. Did your teacher stress the learning o f culture?5. Did your attitudes towards culture change over the course o f this

semester? Why or why not?

It would be invalid to make generalizations from the students’ responses to these

questions. However, one common trait was revealed in the interviews, namely, that the

students in the treatment group were more likely to mention the word “culture” in their

answers than were the students in the comparison group. For example, in response to

Page 104: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

103

question #1 above, five o f the seven students interviewed from the treatment group said

that the purpose o f learning a foreign language was to “learn to communicate with people

in another culture”. Three o f the students interviewed from the comparison, however,

responded to question #1 by saying that there was no purpose (i.e. it was just a general

education requirement). Another student in the comparison group answered that the

purpose was to help people better understand their own language. Two o f the students

interviewed in the comparison group mentioned that the world was becoming more

integrated and that foreign-language learning was therefore important.

In this same sense, a general analysis o f student responses revealed that students

in the treatment group were more likely to relate their answers to a cross-cultural

perspective than were students in the comparison group. Each o f the interview questions

will be discussed in detail in chapter four.

3.7 ANALYSIS OF DATA

This section will briefly describe the statistical analyses used as a means o f testing

the initial hypothesis:

Beginning students o f German who learn about culture via a process- and learner-centered approach will demonstrate a measurable and statistically significant change in cross-cultural adaptability and in attitude towards language and culture learning compared to beginning students o f German who learn about culture via an information-acquisition approach.

One appropriate statistical technique for examining the main hypothesis is a two-

sample f-test (also: two groups Mest). In this study there are two dependent variables

(gain scores from the pre-test/post-test measure o f cross-cultural adaptability (CCAI) and

Page 105: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

104

gain scores from the pre-test/post-test measure o f attitudes towards foreign languages,

foreign-language learning, and speakers o f other languages (AMTB)) and one

independent variable (treatment). Because o f the pre-test/post-test format, there were a

number o f options for statistical analysis. With Comparison Group Pre-test/Post-test

design, researchers can match individual students in the treatment and comparison groups

on the basis o f their pretest scores, and compare their performance o f these matched

groups. However, this approach only works when both groups’ n is equal. This

researcher, thus, chose to subtract pre-test scores from the post-test scores and compare

the gains (rather than the final test scores) o f the subjects in each group. To adjust for

possible group differences in pre-test scores, this researcher considered the option o f

using an ANCOVA instead o f a two-sample f-test. Such a computation allows the

researcher to control for group differences in pre-test scores. However, as argued in

section 5.2, a test for homogeneity o f variance uncovered no significant difference

between the two groups’ pre-test scores.

The statistical program MINITAB (Release 11.12) was used to calculate all two-

sample f-tests in this study, and were all examined with the commonly accepted

significance level o f 0.05. If a two-sample Mest is, indeed, significant at this level, one

can be 95% certain that the observed change had occurred due to the treatment and not

due to chance or unknown factors.

Page 106: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

105

3.8 CHAPTER SUMMARY

This research study sought to examine the hypothesis that a process- and learner-

centered approach to culture teaching in the foreign-language classroom has a greater

effect on improving cross-cultural adaptability and attitudes towards language and culture

learning than an information-acquisition approach. Specific variables were also measured

in relation to subjects’ gain scores on two instruments. The subjects involved were first-

semester German 101 students at the University o f Arizona. Data were also gathered (see

3.6.3.1: The Personal Data Sheet) as an aid in examining which o f the modeled variables

showed a significant correlation to one’s level of cross-cultural adaptability (as measured

by the CCAI) or attitude toward language and culture learning (as measured by the

AMTB).

The subjects were assigned to a treatment group or to a comparison group. For

administrative reasons, intact groups (classes) were used.

The statistical analysis used was the two-sample f-test (also: two-groups Nest),

which allowed for a comparison o f the gain scores and the various variables. There was

also a fairly large number o f variables which needed to be considered in assessing

subjects’ gain scores. Some o f these could be examined using statistical analysis; others

were studied based on the qualitative data that was also collected during this study.

Confounding variables, while recognized as such, were not analyzed further. In the

following chapter, an exact description o f the data will be presented along with an

interpretation and analysis o f the data.

Page 107: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

106

4. PRESENTATION AND ANALYSIS OF DATA

Oh, don’t tell me o f facts — I never believe facts: you know Canning said nothing was so fallacious as facts, except figures.

This chapter discusses the various analyses performed on the data gathered from

the sample population. Section 5.2 provides a description o f the statistical procedures

used to analyze the data. The results obtained on each measure are discussed in the order

in which they are displayed in the tables below. Some o f the implications o f these

analyses are dealt with in each section, however, a more complete assessment will be

presented in Chapter Six. The next section provides a brief review o f this study’s main

purpose.

4.1 THE MAIN HYPOTHESIS AND RESEARCH QUESTIONS

As stated in Chapter One, the essential purpose o f this study is to investigate

salient issues about culture learning that concern U.S. university students during their

first semester o f foreign language study and to provide foreign-language educators with a

framework for integrating culture learning into their classrooms, taking into account both

the process that young adult learners go through in accepting another culture and the

potential difficulties that may arise in this process. Specifically, the analyses address the

research questions and the hypothesis stated in chapters two and four. The hypothesis

and the four research questions are restated below:

Hypothesis:

Beginning students o f German who learn about culture via a process- and learner-centered approach will demonstrate a measurable and statistically significant change in cross-cultural adaptability and in attitude towards language and culture learning compared to beginning students o f German who learn about culture via an information-acquisition approach.

Page 108: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

107

This hypothesis concerns a change in attitude (i.e. positive or negative). Because

it was possible, and perhaps even probable, that subjects entered German 101 with

different attitudes towards culture and language learning, it was necessary to attempt to

account for some o f these differences by gathering data on several variables related to

variations among language-learners (e.g age, sex, time abroad, major, interest,

motivation, anxiety towards language learning etc. (see Table 3.2 in Chapter Three for a

complete listing o f the posited modifier variables)).

Once the hypothesis was formed, it became possible to narrow the focus o f the

study and its objectives. Specific areas o f investigation were than stated using the

following research questions:

Research Questions:

° Are the gain scores o f students in the treatment group (as measured by the Cross- Cultural Adaptability Inventory (CCAI) and the Attitudes and Motivation Test Battery (AMTB)) different from the gain scores o f students in the comparison group?

° Do variables such as age, sex, year in school, major, previous language study,whether or not subject had spent time abroad, self-rated language-learning ability, interest, motivation (integrative or instrumental) or parental encouragement influence gain-score differences as analyzed in question one above?

° Do students enter German 101 with misconceptions, mistaken beliefs or both (as measured by the Beliefs about Language Learning Inventory (BALLI)) that could cause frustration in the language-learning process?

° Do students' attitudes (as measured by the BALLI) change after one semester o f language learning?

o What information from the qualitative data (e.g. student’s written statementsregarding the culture and strategy lessons, and the student and teacher interviews) can be used to better understand the quantitative data analyses?

Page 109: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

108

The first two research questions involve quantitative analyses o f the differences

between the treatment-group and comparison-group gain-score means (obtained from the

pre- and post-test scores o f the Cross Cultural Adaptability Inventory (CCAI) and the

Attitudes Measurement Test Battery (AMTB)). The remaining questions involve an

analysis o f qualitative data, which will be used to shed light on the quantitative analyses

and the study as a whole.

It is important to note here that the BALLI was used to gather descriptive

information only. To answer questions three and four, the application o f the BALLI in

this setting was to gather pre- and post-test scores and to look at gain scores on individual

questions in an exploratory fashion to better understand whether German 101 students at

the University o f Arizona begin their language study with beliefs and expectations that

might be inaccurate or unrealistic. This information, combined with research done by

Horwitz (1988), Mantle-Bromley (1994 & 1995) and Kern (1995) will assist in

understanding whether or not teachers can help students “rid themselves o f preconceived

notions and prejudices which would likely interfere with their language learning”

(Horwitz, 1988, p. 283-284).

4.2 DATA ANALYSIS PROCEDURES

The gain scores used in the quantitative analyses o f the CCAI were obtained by

subtracting pre-test scores from post-test scores. This procedure was used to obtain gain

scores for each o f the CCAI subcategories and a CCAI composite score (i.e. a score

representing the total o f all four subcategories added together). The following

Page 110: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

abbreviations were used to describe data from the Cross-Cultural Awareness Inventory:

ER (Emotional Resilience), FO (Flexibility and Openness), PAC (Perceptual Acuity), PA

(Personal Autonomy), and CCAI (CCAI Composite Score).

Of the five AMTB subcategories tested for on the pre-test, all but one, PE

(Parental Encouragement), was retested on the post-test. This scale was dropped from the

post-test as it was not expected to change over the duration o f the study. The following

abbreviations were used to describe data from the Attitudes Measurement Test Battery:

ATG (Attitudes towards Germans), IFL (Interest in Foreign Languages), INST

(Instrumental Motivation), INT (Integrative Motivation), ANX (Anxiety), PE (Parental

Encouragement), and AMTB (AMTB Composite Score).

As stated in Chapter Three, a student’s score was only used if he/she was able to

participate in the entire study. Students were dropped from the study (fourteen in total) if

they did not complete the treatment, if they did not finish the course or i f they asked that

their scores not be included in the study. In Other words, students self-selected out and

there was no predictive reason for excluding a student from the study (i.e students were

not dropped because o f age, sex, low scores, etc ). This criterion was applied to all data

for the CCAI, AMTB and BALLI.

Because this study involves two independent populations, the analyses performed

required the use o f a Two-sample £-test for comparing means. In general, f-test

procedures test the difference between two averages. Thus, a two sample /-test is a

hypothesis test for answering questions about the mean where the data are collected from

109

Page 111: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

110

two intact or random samples o f independent observations. According to Hatch and

Lazaraton 1991, the following guidelines for appropriateness o f data need to be

considered before applying the two-sample t-test: 1) The data are independent, 2) Each S

(or observation) is assigned to one and only one group, 3) The data are truly continuous

(interval or strongly continuous ordinal scores), 4) The mean and standard deviation are

the most appropriate measures to describe the data, and 5) Homogeneity o f variances (i.e.

the distribution in the respective populations from which the samples were drawn is

normal, and variances are equivalent (263-264)).

The data used in this study are appropriate for the two-sample f-test. In the case

of the first guideline, this study used treatment as the only independent variable. The

second guideline is met in that each individual analysis involved only two means, each of

which came from two independent samples. In terms o f guideline three, one must

understand the difference between nominal variables that yield frequency data and ordinal

and interval variables that yield score data. The data collected from the CCAI and the

AMTB were scored along an ordinal scale and show how much o f each variable is

present in the data; thus, the data are continuous. Guideline four is met in that the

distribution o f the CCAI and AMTB data is not skewed. Had the data, however, been

skewed, then the median (i.e. not the mean and standard deviation) would have been a

more appropriate measure o f central tendency. Ip terms o f the final assumption, Hatch

and Lazaraton state that to carry out a two sample f-test, one must assume that the

variances for the two populations are equal. In other words, one has to confirm that the

Page 112: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

I l l

two samples have both been drawn from the same population. To test the validity o f this

assumption, one typically performs either Levene’s or Bartlett’s test for homogeneity o f

variance. Bartlett’s test is used when data come from normal distributions, as this test is

not robust to departures from normality. Levene’s test is used when the data come from

continuous, but not necessarily normal distributions. Neither test showed a statistical

difference between the two samples used in this study when performed for CCAI-pre

(p=0.3) or AMTB-pre (p=0.9).

Because this study used intact groups (i.e. groups that were assigned to already

formed classes o f students), this researcher had originally considered using an ANCOVA

(analysis o f covariance) procedure for analysis. The ANCOVA, however, is only used if

a statistical difference exists between two groups’ pre-test mean scores. As a result of the

critical values obtained from the tests for homogeneity o f variance and the critical values

obtained from the two-sample f-tests performed on the pre-tests (see sections 4.3.2 and

4.4.2), this researcher was able to determine that there was no statistical difference

between the comparison and treatment groups’ pre-test scores. Thus, the appropriate

statistical procedure for comparing the sample means in this study is the two-sample t-

test. As an additional verification of the results o f the homogeneity o f variance tests and

the two-sample f-tests performed on CCAI-pre and AMTB-pre, this researcher performed

additional tests on the sample means using the ANCOVA; however, as predicted by the

tests for homogeneity o f variance, only negligibly different p-values resulted when

compared to the p-values obtained from the two-sample f-tests.

Page 113: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

112

In the following section, data analyses are described regarding the CCAI variables

in and o f themselves, and the CCAI variables in comparison to the various modifier

variables.

4.3 EXAMINATION OF CCAI DATA

4.3.1 Examination o f CCAI Validity

Kelley and Meyers (1990) computed coefficient alphas to determine internal

consistency and reliability on the four CCAI subscales and the total o f these. According

to their report, overall reliability (standardized alpha) for the instrument was computed on

the basis o f the original 49 items found within the CCAI (for a detailed description of the

CCAI subcategories, please see section 3.6.3.2). Listed below are the individual scale

reliability estimates that Kelley and Meyers provide in their CCAI manual:

o Total Score 49 items .900 Emotional Resilience (ER) 18 items .820 Flexibility/Openness (FO) 15 items .80o Perceptual Acuity (PAC) 10 items .78o Personal Autonomy (PA) 7 items .68 (p. 30)

These estimates, especially for the overall inventory, indicate that people who

score high on one item within a scale tend to score high on other items within the scale.

People who score low on an item within a scale would tend to score other items within

that scale low. According to Kelley and Meyers (1990), the individual scale reliability

estimates indicate that the items within each scale are strongly related to one another (i.e.

the scales show high internal consistency) (p. 30).

Page 114: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

113

Validity refers to the usefulness o f an instrument for a particular purpose with a

particular group o f people. It deals with the question, “Does the instrument measure or

do what it is supposed to?” That is, is the instrument related in some way to something

beyond the items? And if so, how do we know it is related to the purpose for which it

was constructed? Because there are numerous uses for instruments, there are also a

number o f types o f validity. The question, “Is it valid?” regarding an assessment tool is

equivalent to asking, “Is it useful?” The type o f validity must be specified, and it must be

a type o f validity which is in keeping with the purposes o f the instrument. According to

Kelley and Meyers, the CCAI was designed to be used in cross-cultural training to help

people to:

1. better understand what we know is important in effectively living and working among people o f other cultures (based on the research literature)

2. help people to learn useful information about themselves that can guide them in the development o f cross-cultural abilities and skills. (1990, p.31)

Kelley and Meyers examined several aspects o f validity in relation to the CCAI.

In terms o f the four most relevant validity constructs (face, content, and construct

validity), Kelley and Meyers offer the following explanations:

Face validity involves the question, Is it apparent to any reader o f the instrument what the instrument is useful for? The CCAI has been found to have face validity, that is, it is obvious to people who read and/or respond to the instrument that it examines aspects o f adapting to other cultures, (p.31)

Content Validity relates to the question, Does this instrument cover the subject comprehensively and efficiently? The CCAI is based on a thorough study o f research and expert opinion. It was designed to explore

Page 115: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

114

those dimensions which are not easily measured. (This excludes such easily measured areas as knowledge o f the language, previous experience with the culture, and knowledge o f the culture). It may be said that the CCAI is a useful survey o f what is known so far, within these parameters.Of course, there is still much research potential in the field, (p. 31)

Construct validity concerns several questions: What does the instrument measure? Does the instrument measure what it is supposed to measure?What is it about people that causes them to respond variably to this instrument? What construct accounts for the variability to this instrument?An interesting property o f construct validity is that one can never really say that an instrument has it. No one can make direct claims that an instrument measures what it claims to measure. However, indirect claims can be made. The strongest evidence for construct validity for the CCAI is that attempts have been made to cover all the relevant content. At the same time, all items which are not directly conceptually linked to cross- cultural adaptability have been kept out. For example, no general personality items are included. Had such items been included, it might be said that the CCAI measured only correlates o f cross-cultural adaptability, rather than core aspects o f adaptability itself. The procedure used in developing the CCAI, based on a review o f research results and systematic polling o f experts, contributes to the likelihood o f construct validity. Data from 653 persons were subjected to principal components and generalized least-squares factor analyses and other statistical analyses. After study o f what emerged, commonalities were determined and given labels.Although this is a somewhat subjective process, it is based on data and not just opinion, (p. 31-32)

Predictive validity involves the question: Do the scores from the instrument significantly correlate with meaningful external criteria?Could we, for example, select people for cross-cultural assignments or explain why some people are more successful than others in another culture on the basis o f the instrument? Because o f the methods used in its construction, it is reasonable to expect that the CCAI would have some predictive validity, (p. 32)

In sum, Kelley and Meyers’ analysis o f that CCAI indicate that it has considerable

face, content, construct, and predictive validity and that it is overall reliable.

Page 116: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

115

4.3 .2 Comparison o f Treatment Group and Comparison Group

To investigate the hypothesis (i.e. that a difference in gain-score means would

exist between the two groups) the independent Mest was used, which provides

information on means, standard deviations, and critical values.

It should be recalled that the CCAI consisted o f fifty items, each o f which had a

possible scoring range o f 6 (DEFINITELY TRUE) to 1 (DEFINITELY NOT TRUE).

Thus, total scores on the fifty item scale had potential values from fifty to three hundred.

Lower scores indicate that the respondent exhibited less cross-cultural adaptability than

respondents with higher scores. The pre-test measure o f cross-cultural adaptability is

represented by the variable CCAI-pre; CCAI-post represents the post-test.

Page 117: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

Table 4.1 Descriptive Statistics and Results of f-tests on CCAI snbscales and CCAI total (pre-test).

Scale Group Mean (StDev) Min, Max p-value

ER-pre Comparison 84(9) 68,98 >

Treatment 83(7) 60, 101 .77

Total 83 (8) 60, 101

FO-pre Comparison 68 (8) 51,81

Treatment 66(6) 45,85 .25

Total 67(7) 45,85

PAC-pre Comparison 45 (6) 35, 56

Treatment 47(5) 34, 58 .17

Total 46(5) 34,58

PA-pre Comparison 35(3) 30, 41

Treatment 35(3) 25,41 .49

Total 35(3) 25,41

CCAI-pre Comparison 232(22) 192,258

Treatment 231 (16) 164, 283 .76

Total 231 (19) 164, 283

To assess possible treatment-group affects, it was necessary to compare the

changes in the mean scores on each o f the CCAI subscales and the CCAI composite

score. The results o f these analyses are given in table 4.2.

Page 118: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

117

Table 4.2 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on CCAI Subscales and CCAI Total (gain scores)

Scale ________Group_________ Mean (StBev) Min, Max p-value

ER-gain Comparison -0.5 (7) -17,13Treatment 1.8(6) -15,12 0.10Total 0.7 (6) -17, 13

FOG-gain . Comparison -1.2(5) -13,9Treatment 14(6 ) -26,10 0.004Total 0.7 (6)

PAC-gain Comparison 0.7(5) -10,9Treatment 1.7 (5) -10, 13 0.36Total 1.2(5) -10, 13

PA-gain Comparison -0.36 (3) -8,5Treatment 1.1 (3) -8, 10 0.04Total 0.4(3) -8, 10

CCAI-gain Comparison -1,29(14) -39,28Treatment 7(16) -34, 34 0.01Total 3.1 (16) -39,34

In order to determine whether changes in cross-cultural adaptability as measured

by ER, FO, PAC, PA and the composite score (CCAI) are significant between groups, it

was necessary to preform five two-way f-tests as discussed in section 4.2 above. The

gain-score means in each instance (see Table 4.2 above) were found to be particularly

relevant in that they are all in the anticipated direction. In other words, treatment group

gain scores are consistently higher than those from the comparison group’s (please see

Illustration 4.1 below).

Page 119: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

118

Illustration 4.1

Gain of CCAI Subscales and Total

ER-Qaln FO-Oeln >0.001 PAC-Oeln PA-Oaln CCAI-Oaln

□ Comparison ^ Treatment

However, because mean scores alone do not indicate whether or not these differences are

statistically significant, one test the difference and evaluate the obtained test statistic

against a critical value (Nunan 1992, 34). With a confidence level set at 95%, one can be

reasonably confident that samples have been drawn from different populations. It must

be kept in mind, however, that even with an alpha o f 0.05 (i.e. a confidence level of

95%), there is still a 5% chance in the case o f both the experimental and the comparison

groups that the true population mean will lie outside the range established (Nunan 1992,

34). In the case o f this study, the exact probability o f the obtained test statistics on FO-

gain, PA-gain, and CCAI-gain were less than 0.05, which indicates that we can reject the

null hypothesis (i.e. these data were drawn from different populations). The p-values

computed for ER and PAC are not significant and indicate that although treatment means

Page 120: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

119

are higher, they cannot be attributed to the treatment itself. The p-values obtained from

FOG, PAG, and the CCAIG composite score strongly support the hypothesis that

beginning students o f German who learn about culture via a process- and learner-centered

approach will demonstrate a measurable and statistically significant change in cross-

cultural adaptability as measured by the CCAI.

4.3.3 Comparison o f CCAI Data and Modifier Variables

For the purposes o f this study, the means and standard deviations relating to the

gain scores o f the comparison and treatment groups are o f more interest than those for the

population as a whole. However, to assess possible influences on gain-score differences,

it was also o f interest to consider the two groups together. In the following tables,

computations from i-tests on the 89 subjects are displayed. Each table provides

information on one o f the posited modifier variables in comparison to the CCAI gain

scores. Although grade is the only posited modifier variable to indicate a significant

affect on gain score, the critical value for sex does suggest that females may have a slight

advantage over men in adapting cross-culturally. Similarly, gain-score averages for Class

Rank (and possibly for age) also suggest that upper division students have a slight

advantage over freshmen and sophomores towards cross-cultural adaptability. Students

considered to have instrumental motivation also increased their scores four to one over

the students who were considered to have integrative motivation.

Page 121: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

120

Table 4.3 Comparison o f CCAI Gain Scores and Modifier Variables (two-sample (-test)

Variable______ Category (n) ______ Mean (StDev) p-value

Sex Female (45) 5.8 (15) 0.09Male (44) 0.3 (15)

Age 18-21(59) 2.6(17) 0.1422-56(30) 4.3 (12)

Class Rank Fresh/Soph (55) 0.9(16) 0.09Jr/Sr/Grad (34) 6.5 (14)

Major Bus/Sci (49) 1(17) 0.17Humanities (40) 6(13)

Time Abroad Yes (45) 4(16) 0.67No (44) 2(15)

Ability High (46) 3(15) 0.42Low (43) 3(16)

Interest High (65) 3 (16) 0.14Low (24) 3 (12)

Motivation Integrative (75) 2(16) 0.14Instrumental (14) 8(12)

Grade . A-B (60) 6(14) 0.02C-E (29) -3(17)

4.4 EXAMINATION OF AMTB DATA

4.4.1 Examination o f AMTB Validity

Lalonde and Gardner (1983) and Gardner and MacIntyre (1993) examined the

AMTB concerning several aspects o f validity. The 1985 study (Lalonde & Gardner)

focused on data collected in six regions o f Canada (both bilingual and unilingual) from

five different grade levels (7-11) for two consecutive years and was concerned with the

relative predictability o f three different criteria by three different composite measures: 1)

Motivation, which refers to the individual’s total drive to learn the second language and

reflects a combination o f effort, desire, and effective reactions toward learning the target

language (p. 404), 2) Integrativeness, which involves a positive and accepting

Page 122: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

121

orientation towards the specific target language group and other groups in general (p.

404), and 3) Attitudes Toward the Leamimg Sitiaatiom, which is the sum o f the

individual’s evaluation o f both the teacher and the course (p. 404). These three

composites are o f particular importance to Gardner’s (1979) socio-educational model o f

second language acquisition. According to this model, “Motivation has a direct influence

on second language achievement, whereas the two attitudinal measures have a direct

influence on Motivation which mediates their relationship with second language

achievement” (p. 404-405). Lalonde and Gardner’s findings demonstrated that the three

attitudinal/motivational composites are relatively consistent predictors o f indices of

proficiency in a second language and that, o f the three. Motivation is the best predictor

with 91% o f the coefficients being significant (411).

The 1995 study (Gardner and MacIntyre) focused on four issues concerning

aspects o f validity o f the Attitude/Motivation Test Battery. The first issue dealt with

whether the various subtests assess the attributes they are presumed to measure. A

multitrait/multimethod analysis o f three methods indicate that they do (p. 157). The

second issue focused on the relationship o f the subtests to higher order constructs. A

factor analysis provided empirical support for the higher order constructs o f

Integrativeness, Attitudes Toward the Learning Situation, Language Anxiety, and

Motivation (p. 157). The third issue was concerned with whether the strategy used to

measure effectiveness variables influences their correlations with measures o f

achievement. Their correlations suggested that they did (p. 157). Specifically, their

study directed attention to the following question relating to the validity o f the AMTB:

Page 123: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

122

Do the various subscales o f the AMTB measure what they are presumed to measure? (160-162)

With regards to this question, Gardner et al. reported that the subscales measure

what they are intended to measure (construct validity) and they correlate meaningfully

with measures o f second language achievement (predictive validity) (188). In sum,

Lalonde and Gardner (1983) and Gardner and MacIntyre (1993) argue that the AMTB has

considerable construct validity and that it is overall reliable.

4.4.2 Comparison o f Treatment Group and Comparison Group

The f-test analyses computed pre-test scores for each o f the AMTB subscales and

the AMTB composite score showed no significant differences between the two groups. It

should be recalled that the AMTB consists o f thirty-four items, each o f which had a

possible scoring range o f 6 (DEFINITELY TRUE) to 1 (DEFINITELY NOT TRUE).

Thus, total scores on the thirty-four item scale had potential values from thirty-four to

two hundred four. Lower scores indicate that the respondent exhibited less positive

attitudes towards each o f the AMTB subcategories than respondents with higher scores.

The pre-test measure o f the AMTB is represented by the variable AMTB-pre; AMTB-

post represents the post-test. The findings below indicate no significant differences

between the comparison group and the treatment group.

Page 124: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

123

Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of Mests on AMTB Subscales and AMTB Total (pre-test)

Scale Group Mean Min, Max StBev p-value

ATG1 (pre) Comparison 41 26, 50 5 0.42Treatment 42 27,56 7Total 42 26,56 6

IFL1 (pre) Comparison 47 32, 58 6 0.44Treatment 48 35,60 7Total 48 32, 60 7

INTI (pre) Comparison 19 10, 24 3 0.80Treatment 19 12,24 3Total 19 10,24 3

INST1 (pre) Comparison 17 11,24 3 0.93Treatment 17 12, 24 3Total 17 11,24 3

ANX1 (pre) Comparison 11 5,17 3 0.31Treatment 11 5,16 3Total 11 5,17 3

PEI (pre) Comparison 9 3,18 4 0.34Treatment 9 3,17 4Total 9 3,18 4

AMTBl (pre) Comparison 136 94,164 15 0.57Treatment 138 106,168 14Total 137 . 96,168 14

To assess possible treatment-group affects, it was necessary to compare the

changes in the mean scores on each o f the AMTB subscales and the AMTB composite

score. The results o f these analyses are given in table 4.5.

Page 125: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

124

Table 4.5 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB Subscales and AMTB Total (gain scores)

Group Mean Min, Max StBev two-sample t p-value

ATGG (gain) Comparison 1 -9, 12 5Treatment 3 -12,20 7 0.16

Total 2 -12, 20 6

IFLG (gain) Comparison -2 -14, 9 6Treatment 2 -10, 15 6 0.005

Total .14 -14, 15 6

ANXG (gain) Comparison -0.17 -5,9 3 0.0002Treatment 3 -6,9 4

Total 2 -6,9 4

INTG (gain) Comparison -2 -12,10 5 0.04Treatment 0.1 -10, 12 4

Total -0.8 -12, 12 4

INSTG (gain) Comparison -1 -12,6 4 0.09Treatment .07 -9,12 4

Total -0.01 -12, 12 4

AMTBG (gain) Comparison -3 -45,26 15 0.001Treatment 8 -23,51 16

Total 3 -45,51 17

In order to determine whether changes in attitude as measured by ATG, EFL,

ANX, INT, INST and the composite score (AMTB) are significant between groups, it

was necessary to preform six two-way f-tests as discussed in section 4.2 above. The gain-

score means in each instance (see Table 4.5 above) were found to be particularly relevant

in that they are all in the anticipated direction. Similar to the means calculated for the

CCAI, treatment group gain scores are consistently higher than those from the

comparison group’s (please see Illustration 4.1 below).

Page 126: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

125

Illustration 4.2

Gain of AMTB Subscales and Total

S | Comparison 0 Treatment

As discussed above, mean scores alone do not indicate whether or not these differences

are statistically significant. As a result, one must consider a significance or cut-off level,

which is determined based on a critical value (p-value) o f 0.05 (Nunan 1992, 34). In the

case of this study, p-values indicate that one can be reasonably confident that the mean

scores on IFLG, ANXG, INTG, and AMTBG were drawn from different populations.

The p-values computed for ATGG and INSTG are not significant and indicate that

although treatment means are higher, they cannot be attributed to the treatment itself.

The p-values obtained from IFLG, ANXG, INTG, and the AMTB composite score

strongly support the hypothesis that beginning students o f German who learn about

culture via a process- and learner-centered approach will demonstrate a measurable and

statistically significant change in attitude towards language learning as measured by the

AMTB.

Page 127: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

126

4.4.3 Comparison o f AMTB Data and Modifier Variables

In the following tables, computations from f-tests on the 89 subjects are displayed.

Each table provides information on one o f the posited modifier variables in comparison to

the AMTB gain scores. None o f the Nests found any statistical difference among the

posited modifier variables.

Table 4.6 Comparison of AMTB Gain Scores and Modifier Variables______________ ______

Category (n) Mean StBev p-value

Sex Female (45) 3 17 0.97Male (44) 3 17

Age 18-24(79) 4 17 0.4325-26 (10) -2 19

Class Rank Fresh/Soph (55) 5 18 0.23Jr/Sr/Grad (34) 0.4 14

Major Bus/Sci (49) 1 16 0.29Humanities (40) 5 17

Time Abroad Yes (45) 3 17 0.98No (44) 3 16

Ability High (46) 1 15 0.28Low (43) 5 19

Interest High (65) 3 18 0.75Low (24) 4 14

Motivation Integrative (75) 3 16 0.82Instrumental (14) 4 20

Grade A-B (60) 3 16 0.99C-D (29) 3 19

4.5 EXAMINATION OF BALLI DATA

4.5.1 Examination o f BALLI Validity

The development of the Beliefs About Language Learning Inventory came as a

direct response to needs expressed by teachers and researchers for a well-constructed,

easily obtainable instrument on students’ understandings o f the language learning

Page 128: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

127

process. It is the result o f a thorough survey o f previous research on investigating the

relationship between student attitudes and second language achievement (Horwitz 1985).

BALLI items were derived from frequently occurring comments drawn from an extensive

collection o f interviews with language learners and teachers (Horwitz 1985), thereby

contributing to the validity o f the instrument (Kern 1995, p. 74). Christison and Krahnke

(1986) have pointed out methodological problems o f objectivity, sampling, and validity

inherent in all questionnaires used to examine learner beliefs and attitudes, including the

B ALLI. They claim that open-ended interviews with a structured set o f topics yield more

valid findings, particularly when examining multi-cultural students’ perceptions of

language study (p. 62). However, without the BALLI, neither this present study nor

studies by Mantle-Bromley (1995) or Kern (1995) could have compared findings with

those o f Horwitz (1988). In addition, the comparison o f teachers’ and students’ beliefs in

any o f the studies using the BALLI would be rendered unsystematic without a common

list o f statements to which each group responded (Kern 1995, 82).

Christison and Krahnke’s claims relate to a problem confronting many researchers

who wish to guard against threats to external and internal validity simultaneously. The

conflict occurs because the two types o f validity can be mutually exclusive in that

measures to strengthen internal validity often weaken external validity and vice versa

(Nunan 1992, p. 15). Beretta, for example, argues that,

Page 129: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

128

Internal validity has to do with factors which may directly affect outcomes, while external validity is concerned with generalisability. If all variables, such as treatments and samplings o f subjects, are controlled, then we might say that laboratory conditions pertain and that the experiment is more likely to be internally valid. However, what occurs under such conditions may not occur in typical circumstances, and the question arises as to how far we may generalize from the results. Beretta (1986,297)

Kern (1995) also points out that the large size o f a student population preculdes the

possibility o f interviewing individual subjects (p. 82-82). Because the results from the

BALLI in this present study can be compared with Horwitz (1988), Kern (1995), and

Mantle-Bromley (1995), whatever sacrifice in validity might exist is considered an

acceptable trade-off for the ability to address certain research questions more effectively.

4.5.2 Comparison ofPre- and Post-test Results

Unlike data from the CCAI and the AMTB, the BALLI data was not scored but

rather tallied to give frequencies. This is because the data obtained from the BALLI

show how often each variable is present in the data, not how much. Due to space

limitations, students’ and instructors’ responses to the BALLI items are presented in

Appendix F. This section will summarize highlights o f the data rather than treat

exhaustively each BALLI item.

As stated above, the BALLI contains 34 items and is designed to survey student

beliefs in five areas: 1) the difficulty of language learning (items 3, 4, 5, 6, 14, 24, 28); 2)

foreign language aptitude (items 1, 2 ,1 0 ,1 5 , 22, 29, 32, 33, 34); 3) the nature of

language learning (items 8 ,1 1 ,1 6 ,2 0 ,2 5 ,2 6 ); 4) strategies of communication and

learning (items 7, 9 ,1 2 ,1 3 ,1 7 ,1 8 ,1 9 , 21); and 5) learner motivations and expectations

(items 23,27, 30,31).

Page 130: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

129

Concerning the first category {the difficulty of language learning), several

interesting results were found. Pre-test results from the BALLI showed that 85% of all

subjects believed that German was a fairly difficult language to learn (item 4). At the

time of the post-test, 41% of all subjects had changed their opinion in favor o f the belief

that German was a fairly easy language to learn (item 4). Over half o f all subjects

believed that German is structured in the same way as English (item 5). This belief

remained the same in post test results. In terms o f their general performance, students

were very optimistic in both the pre- and post-test results. For example, 85% of the

subjects believed that they would ultimately leam to speak German very well (item 6).

Post-test results also indicated that 85% of the subjects believed that they would

ultimately leam to speak German very well. In the same subgroup, 81% believed that if

one studied one hour a day it would take five years or less to become fluent (item 14).

This same optimism appeared in the next section (foreign language aptitude).

For example, in item 15 (I have foreign language aptitude), 65% at least tended to agree

with this statement. In addition, 99% of the subjects believed that “everyone can leam to

speak a foreign language” (item 34). However, only 33% felt that Americans were good

at learning foreign languages.

In the next section (the nature of language learning), over half o f the subjects

indicated that “it is necessary to know the foreign culture in order to speak a foreign

language (item 8). In item 24, over half indicated that learning a foreign language is

different from learning other school subjects.

Page 131: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

130

In the final section {learner motivations and expectations), 92% o f the subjects

indicated that learning German would help them get a good job (item 27); in comparison,

only 66% indicated that they are learning German so that they can get to know speakers

of German better.

The data presented in Appendix F, however, must be interpreted in the light of

several important limitations. The first relates to the validity o f assessing beliefs with a

questionnaire, as discussed in the previous section. The second has to do with inferences

about teachers’ influence on students’ beliefs. In cases where there is a shift in student

opinion, it is possible to see whether the shift is toward consistency with the instructors’

responses or not, but it is not possible to make any definitive statements about causal

relationships between teachers’ and students’ beliefs. The third limitation has to do with

the generalizability o f the findings. The results reported here pertain to the treatment and

comparison groups; extrapolations to other populations remain limited to other studies

which have used this instrument (see data from Horwitz and Kern also presented in

Appendix F).

4.6 SUMMARY

The quantitative results strongly support the hypothesis that participating

in a process- and learner-centered classroom has a positive effect on the attitudes of

beginning students o f German. In the case o f the present study, this positive effect was

found not only in relation to attitudes towards cross-cultural adaptability, but also in

terms o f a positive attitude towards foreign language learning itself.

Page 132: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

131

5. SUMMARY, DISCUSSION, AND RECOMMENDATIONS

Facts are generally over esteemed. For most practical purposes, a thing is what men think it is. When they judged the earth flat, it was flat. As long as men

thought slavery tolerable, tolerable it was. We live down here among shadows, shadows among shadows.

John Updike, The Statesman Buchanan,

The first section o f this chapter restates and summarizes the initial obj ectives and

procedures o f this study. The following sections examine the findings that were reported

in Chapter Three in relation to the research questions and discuss the findings in the

context o f implications for foreign language teaching. The final sections give suggestions

for possible future research and summarizes this entire project.

5.1 OBJECTIVES AND SUMMARY OF THE STUDY

The primary goal o f this study was to investigate the claim stated in the

professional literature that teaching culture in the foreign language classroom serves not

only to motivate foreign language students, but also promotes cross-cultural adaptability.

It was postulated that a process- and learner-centered approach to culture learning would

be more effective in the promotion o f cross-cultural adaptability and positive attitudes

towards language learning than an information-acquisition approach to culture learning.

To test these claims, instruments thought to measure cross-cultural adaptability, attitudes

towards language learning, and students’ beliefs about language learning were utilized.

Each o f these three instruments were chosen specifically to address the contextual and

conceptual needs o f this study. Paradigmatic and methodological issues regarding the

strengths and weaknesses o f quantitative versus qualitative research were also raised. An

Page 133: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

132

argument was presented for the combination o f these two methodological approaches in

order to provide a more comprehensive analysis o f the data. In the first week of the

study, a pre-test was administered using the Cross-Cultural Adaptability Inventory

(Kelley and Meyers, 1991), the Attitudes Measurement and Test Battery (Gardner, 1985),

and the Beliefs About Language Learning Inventory (Horwitz, 1988). The questionnaires

were completed by 103 students o f first-semester German at the University o f Arizona.

The 103 students were enrolled in four sections o f German, two o f which were used as a

comparison group and two o f which were used as a treatment group. Following the

initial administration o f the measures, this researcher taught five cultural units designed

to promote cross-cultural awareness to the treatment group. This same group was

assigned (among other things) a culture-portfolio, which was used to assess subjects’

development o f understanding with regards to an individually chosen topic on German

culture. The cultural portfolio was structured for the students to encourage multi-level

processing o f a topic (e.g. over the sixteen week semester, each student needed to

complete a portfolio outline (step one), a portfolio draft (step two), a portfolio draft

rewrite (step three), and a portfolio class presentation (step four)). To create greater

parity between the comparison and treatment groups, this researcher also taught five

strategy lessons to the comparison group, and assigned to these same subjects a strategy

portfolio (please see section 3.5 for a more detailed discussion o f these two groups).

Following the fifteen-week treatment period, a post-test was administered to both groups

using the same instruments as in the pre-test. This set o f questionnaires was completed

Page 134: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

133

by 89 Students (the fourteen students who did not complete the post-tests were dropped

from the study). Of these remaining 89 students, 42 were in the comparison group and 47

were in the treatment group. The pre-test/post-test data were then used to obtain gain

scores, which were examined in relation to the hypothesis and five research questions.

Data were computer analyzed using the MINITAB software program (MINITAB, Inc.,

1996), to determine possible answers to the research questions which guided this study.

The specific hypotheses and the research question are repeated here:

Hypothesis:

Beginning students o f German who learn about culture via a process- and learner-centered approach will demonstrate a measurable and statistically significant change in cross-cultural adaptability and in attitude towards language and culture learning compared to beginning students o f German who learn about culture via an information-acquisition approach.

Research Questions:

° Are the gain scores o f students in the treatment group (as measured by the Cross-Cultural Adaptability Inventory (CCAI) and the Attitudes and Motivation Test Battery (AMTB)) different from the gain scores of students in the comparison group?

° Do variables such as age, sex, year in school, major, previous language study, whether or not subject had spent time abroad, self-rated language- learning ability, interest, motivation (integrative or instrumental) or parental encouragement influence gain-score differences as analyzed in question one above?

° Do students enter German 101 with misconceptions, mistaken beliefs or both (as measured by the Beliefs about Language Learning Inventory (BALLI)) that could cause frustration in the language-learning process?

° Do students' attitudes (as measured by the BALLI) change after one semester o f language learning?

Page 135: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

134

° What information from the qualitative data (e.g. student’s writtenstatements regarding the culture and strategy lessons, and the student and teacher interviews) can be used to better understand the quantitative data analyses?

The next section entails a detailed discussion o f the findings, which were

presented in chapter four, and a discussion o f implications for culture teaching, teacher

professional development, and future research.

5.2 DISCUSSION AND IMPLICATIONS OF RESULTS

5.2.1 Cross-Cultural Adaptability

The first research question asked whether or not the gain scores o f students in the

treatment group (as measured by the Cross-Cultural Adaptability Inventory (CCA!) will

be different from the gain scores o f students in the comparison group. As reported in

section 4.3, statistical differences were found in gain scores for subscales

Flexibility/Openness (FO) and Personal Autonomy (PA), and the CCAI composite score.

The gain scores o f the two groups for subscales Emotional Resilience (ER) and

Perceptual Acuity (PAC) were not statistically different.

FlexttoiliHy/Opemmess

Of the three categories which showed a statistically significant difference in favor

of the treatment group, FO (p < 01) is particularly interesting for this study because it is

this subscale which relates most directly to the theory and goals o f the experimental

culture lessons and the culture portfolio. The theory upon which a process- and learner-

centered approach is based comes in part from Freire’s problem-posing approach to

education and in part from humanities and reconceptualist methodology (for a more

Page 136: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

135

detailed discussion o f these theories, please refer to section 3.5.2). The goals which

underlie both the culture lessons and the culture portfolio are 1) to emphasize the

ambiguity o f culture and the lengthy process involved in learning about culture; and 2) to

focus on techniques o f enquiry and on the process o f learning about culture rather than

facts about the target culture. The FO scale items relate to these goals in that they assess

the extent to which a person is tolerant o f a variety o f ways o f thinking and behaving.

Specifically, Kelley and Meyers (1991) write that:

The FO scale items assess the extent to which a person enjoys a different cultural experience. Open, flexible people like diversity and have a positive attitude toward the unfamiliar. The items deal with responses to people, situations, and experiences different from those which one normally encounters, (p. A-5)

The culture lessons and the culture portfolio were both designed to promote the

learning o f skills which make up the Flexibility/Openness construct. For example, the

experimental cultural lessons strived to develop a learner-centered approach to culture

learning by capitalizing on students’ cultural backgrounds rather than attempting to

override or negate them through cultural facts. In addition, the culture lessons were

designed not to teach specific information about Germans or Germany, but rather to

provide a non-threatening environment for students to slowly become accustomed to the

idea that their culture and the target culture are made up o f many lifestyles, languages,

cultures, and points o f view. Similarly, the culture portfolio incorporated a variety of

different viewpoints through its analysis o f multiple sources and by encouraging learners

to relate this new information to their own culture. In this regard, both the culture lessons

Page 137: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

136

and the portfolio helped learners improve three sets o f skills that are related to the

Flexibility/Openness construct: 1) separating facts from cultural assumptions and beliefs

about those facts; 2) shifting perspective; and 3) differentiating between personal

discomfort and intellectual disagreement (Fried 1993). Lankard (1994) also suggests that

exercises which encourage the learning o f these skills help students to understand the

value o f another person’s frame o f reference in interpreting information:

With increased experience and self-disclosure, students begin to distinguish among facts, beliefs, values, and personal experience, learning when to challenge and disagree and when to exercise understanding and acceptance (p. 2).

Another significant point that these findings bring up is that teaching culture in

order to promote cross-cultural adaptability embodies a perspective rather than a

curriculum. Teachers must consider their learners’ cultural identities and be aware of not

only their own potential biases but also the cultural biases found in textbooks. Teachers

can take several approaches to integrate and develop a multicultural perspective to culture

teaching. Most important is the promotion o f activities that highlight similarities and

differences o f students’ cultures and the target cultures. Problem-posing, as outlined by

Friere, is an excellent strategy for developing new perspective on cultures and lifestyles.

Thus, the FO results indicate that students are more likely to express flexibility/openness

traits when process- and learner-centered approaches to culture learning are incorporated

in the curriculum than when lessons are oriented toward information acquisition.

Page 138: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

137

■Personal. Autonomy

Treatment group gain scores for PA (Personal Autonomy) were also statistically

greater than comparison group gain scores (p < .05). This scale assesses the extent to

which someone has evolved a personal system o f values and beliefs which he or she feels

comfortable and confident enough to act on amidst diversity. In this respect, one o f the

key characteristics o f the PA scale is the concept o f empowerment. The more a person

feels empowered or self-confident in cross-cultural situations, the greater is his/her ability

to tolerate a condition o f fluctuation and change outside o f him or herself (Kelley &

Meyers 1991, p. A -l 1). Both the culture lessons and the culture portfolio enhance this

sense o f empowerment in that they portray culture learning as strategic. When faced with

a conflict in relation to the target culture, specific knowledge o f that culture may or may

not allow learners to manage their uncertainties. However, students in the treatment

group were exposed to the “process” o f culture in very real ways. For example, treatment

group learners were able to readdress their views in the portfolio over and over again

through the series o f rewrites they completed. In the experimental culture lessons,

students were given many opportunities to question and rearticulate ideas, which also

highlighted the notion that culture learning involves a range o f communicative tasks and

that these tasks are strategic in nature.

Additionally, the combined mean gain scores for all dimensions o f cross-cultural

adaptability were significantly higher (p<05) for the treatment group than for the

comparison group, providing further support for the hypothesis.

Page 139: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

138

Gains scores for the comparison group were not only lower than the treatment

group’s, they were actually negative. Thus, without teachers’ efforts to focus on a

process- and learner centered approach to culture learning (i.e. one that explores what

learners already know and the process they need to go through to develop multi-cultural

understandings), students attitudes may literally become more ethnocentric (the

comparison group’s mean gain score on ER, FOG, PA, and CCAI were

-0.5, -1.2, -0.36, and -1.29 respectively). By demonstrating that teaching culture through

an information-acquisition approach does not affect the Flexibility/Openness construct as

measured by the CCAI, this study also strengthens the argument that classroom teachers

can make a difference in their students’ attitudes toward people who think and act

differently than they do. From the data presented here, foreign language teachers may

infer that changes in attitudes towards cross-cultural situations do not necessarily occur

on their own. In fact, because the thrust o f communicative language teaching is so

strong, it is likely that the development o f our students’ capacity for empathy, their

understanding o f others ’ experience, emotions and rationality are in great danger of being

ignored. Even if a teacher’s sole consideration were “communicative competence”, it is

evident from the results presented here that if the goals o f language teaching are to instill

an ability to communicate with people from other cultures at anything beyond an

elementary and extremely basic level, teachers will need to begin looking at language

learning from a much broader perspective. Additionally, i f language teachers want to

claim a genuine contribution to learners’ education as citizens o f mature civilizations, the

Page 140: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

139

focus will have to shift towards rather than away from assessment o f learners’ changes in

attitude and insight into other cultures, and their own (Byram 1989, p. 13).

This last point o f view, however, is not synonymous with rejecting the notion of

teaching for communication. These results do not propose that we reject a learner goal o f

communicative competence, although this researcher agrees with Byram (1989) that

communicative competence is often translated simply to mean the passing o f messages

(p. 13). Communication should not be looked at solely from a “utilitarian” argument

which promises some future profitable application o f language learning. The prime

function o f language learning is interpersonal communication, usually in the form of

speech. Yet, the language o f the communicative classroom is often “rehearsal” language

(Hawkins 1981), which does not have the force o f communicating information in the

spontaneous way that a learner- and process-centered classroom does. When this

definition o f communicative competence is combined with an information-acquisition

approach to culture teaching, the essence o f language is misrepresented, which is a

disservice to our learners (Byram 1989, p. 13). Thus, this study suggests that it is when

the communicative classroom is combined with a process- and learner-centered approach

to culture teaching, that we provide an aspect o f a learner’s development which is unique

to language teaching.

Page 141: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

140

5.2.2 Attitudes Towards Language Learning

The first research question also asked whether or not the gain scores o f students in

the treatment group (as measured by the Attitudes Measurement Test Battery (AMTB)

will be different from the gain scores o f students in the comparison group. As reported in

section 4.4, statistically significant differences were found in gain scores for subscales

INFL (Interest in Foreign Langages), ANX (Anxiety), INT (Integrative Orientation), and

the AMTB composite score. The gain scores for subscales ATG (Attitude Toward

German Speakers) and INST (Instrumental Orientation) were not significantly different.

Of the four categories which showed statically significant differences in favor o f

the treatment group, IFL (p < 01) is particularly interesting for this study because it is this

subscale which is the most supportive o f the conclusions drawn in the previous section.

For example, the findings with regards to IFL suggest that when students are given an

opportunity to better understand culture, their interest towards foreign language learning

increases. Students’ gain scores from the comparison group were negative, suggesting

that students’ interest in language learning actually decreases when culture learning is

oriented towards facts and figures.

A process- and learner-centered approach to culture teaching seeks, undeniably,

social change in that it reflects the belief that change is best effected through social

contact and social practice. However, change o f this kind would not be possible if

students were not in favor o f it. In other words, the approach discussed here works to

break down barriers only in that it frees students to do what they are already interested in

Page 142: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

141

doing. For example, recent research by Roberts (1992) reveals that first-year language

students’ positive attitude toward foreign languages is overwhelmingly based on the

notion that while fluency is important, it is not an end in itself; “rather,” as one student

puts it, “understanding basic cultural and ethnic differences should be the principal goal”

(quoted in Roberts 1992, p. 277). Likewise, a male student with two years o f FL study

wrote that “learning a foreign language refines us. It helps us to shape our values [by]

considering others”(quoted in Roberts 1992, p. 278) . Roberts’ study on attitudes of

entering university freshmen towards foreign language study, also revealed that of the

benefits to be derived from the study of foreign languages, “understanding culture” was,

without a doubt, the most common argument category (mentioned in 80.6% of the student

essays). Roberts also notes that culture outranked the second most common argument,

“business” (47.7%), by more than thirty percentage points. Additionally, “understanding

culture” was also ranked first in number o f times mentioned across all demographic

categories (p. 277).

In terms o f this current study, BALLI results reveal similarly that the majority of

subjects (60% (from the BALLI pre-test)) believed that it is necessary to know the

foreign culture in order to speak a foreign language (see question 8 in Appendix D). By

the end o f this study, there was a 27% increase in this belief, o f which only 9% is

attributed to the comparison group. Another aspect o f Roberts ’ study which helps us to

understand the IFL findings is that although some o f her subjects appeared to define

“culture” in terms o f facts concerning historical figures and observable cultural traditions

Page 143: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

142

such as holidays, food, and dress, far more mentioned “understanding culture” in

conjunction with world view and total way o f life (p. 278). Arguments were made for a

better understanding o f both global and domestic cultural diversity through foreign

language study (p. 278).

Thus, an information-acquisition approach to culture teaching probably hinders

students’ desire to explore the areas o f culture that interest them most. This is an

important point because if we justify language teaching and motivate learners solely, or

even just mainly, by fulfilling the needs o f communicative competence, we run the risk of

losing our students’ greatest asset - motivation.

Treatment group gain scores for ANX (Anxiety) were also significantly greater

than comparison group gain scores (p < .001). This scale assess the extent to which a

person feels anxious in the language learning environment. Some argue that mild anxiety

facilitates the learning process (Brown 1987), although, no one has yet been able to offer

a satisfactory operational definition o f “mild,” nor o f procedures for ensuring that such

“mild” anxiety as might be provoked does not become acute anxiety (Richards 1996,

219). Nevertheless, it is commonly argued that anxiety is detrimental to effective

learning and that the first task for the language teacher is to reduce anxiety in the learner.

Because o f the complexity o f issues associated with affective factors in the learning

process, it is difficult to say exactly why ANX gain scores decreased slightly for the

comparison group. One interesting point, however, is that gain scores for the comparison

group with regards to this scale decreased by only two tenths o f a percent. Thus, it is not

Page 144: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

143

appropriate to claim that an information-acquisition approach actually increases anxiety.

Potential causes o f increased anxiety in both ESL and foreign language classes include

not providing a silent period, giving direct corrections, etc. (Richard-Amato1996).

Classroom observations, however, did not reveal that comparison group and treatment

group teachers were paying attention to their students’ affective needs differently.

Treatment group gain scores for INT (Integrative Orientation) were also

significantly different from comparison group gain scores (p < .05). This scale roughly

assess the extent to which a person desires to integrate and identify with speakers of

German. The studies o f French classes in Canada done by Gardner and Lambert (1959),

and Gardner, Smyth, Clement, and Gliksman (1976) all conclude that integrative

motivation is generally stronger than instrumental motivation in predicting French

proficiency. In addition, Bernard Spolsky (1969) found that integrative motivation, as

determined by a questionnaire that indirectly assessed attitudes toward the target

language group, is among the strong predictors o f proficiency in ESL students.

Additionally, the combined mean gain scores for all dimensions o f Attitudes

Motivation Test Eatery were significantly higher (pc.01) for the treatment group than for

the comparison group, providing further support for the hypothesis.

5.2.3 Modifier Variables

Except for the CCAI and grade, none o f the Mests for either the CCAI or the

AMTB found any significant difference among the posited modifier variables (as

measured by the PDS). What emerges clearly from this finding is that regardless of a

Page 145: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

144

person’s gender, age, previous language learning experiences, etc., it is a learner- and

process-centered approach that is essential i f we want to promote positive attitudes

towards language learning and the development o f multicultural perspectives. A focus on

the learner’s culture appears to be, thus, an excellent strategy for developing new

perspectives and motivating learners from the widest o f backgrounds. In other words, it

is the treatment o f each learner as an individual with something special to contribute to

the outcome o f a lesson and about his/her culture which appears to enable a learner’s

acceptance o f the similarities and differences o f others.

The finding regarding grade, however, is difficult to interpret. Although grade is

the only posited modifier variable to indicate a significant affect on gain score, the critical

value for sex does suggest that females may have a slight advantage over men in adapting

cross-culturally. Similarly, gain-score averages for Class Rank (and possibly for age)

also suggest that upper division students have a slight advantage over freshmen and

sophomores towards cross-cultural adaptability. Students considered to have

instrumental motivation also increased their scores four to one over the students who

were considered to have integrative motivation.

5.2.4 Beliefs About Language Learning

Research questions three and four asked whether or not students enter German

101 with misconceptions, mistaken beliefs or both that could cause frustration in the

language-learning process (research question three) and whether or not students' attitudes

change after one semester o f language learning (research question four). To answer these

Page 146: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

145

two questions, this section will discuss the BALLI pre-test results and BALLI gain

scores. As stated in section 3.6.3.4, the BALLI is comprised o f five belief-related

categories o f language learning: 1) The Difficulty o f Language Learning; 2) Foreign

Language Aptitude; 3) The Nature o f Language Learning; 4) Strategies o f

Communication and Learning; and 5) Learner Motivations and Expectations. Each o f

these categories will be discussed separately.

5.2.4.1 The Difficulty o f Language Learning

Students’ responses to questions in this category appear to be fairly accurate. In

addition, any shifts that did take place towards a new belief (as measured in the BALLI

post-test), appeared to take place fairly evenly between the treatment and comparison

groups. For example, a relatively high percentage (61%) o f the students indicated on the

BALLI pre-test that German is a language o f medium difficulty (question 4). A lesser but

still significant number o f students (24%) believed that German is a difficult language to

learn, and only a small percentage (15%) believed that German was either an easy or very

easy language to learn. Thus, it appears that the majority o f students entering German

101 have fairly clear perceptions regarding the difficulty o f the task ahead o f them

(especially if one compares learning German to learning Russian or Japanese, which

students in this study could have studied in order to fulfill their four-semester foreign-

language requirement). In terms o f a shift in belief regarding the difficulty o f learning

German, forty-three percent o f all the students changed their belief in favor o f German as

an easy language to learn. This shift was also very consistent between both groups

(treatment: 25%, comparison: 19%).

Page 147: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

146

In terms o f language structure (question 5), only seven percent o f the students felt

that German was structured in the same way as English. Again, the maj ority o f students

who answered this question appeared to be aware that German is not always structured

like English, which is significant considering most o f the students in this investigation

had never studied German before.

Students’ answers with regards to question six, however, are probably not that

accurate. For this question, fifty percent o f the students indicated that they felt that they

would ultimately learn to speak German very well (In Mantle-Bromley’ s 1995 study,

which also used the BALLI, the same percentage o f seventh graders indicated that they

too would ultimately learn to speak their foreign language well). Although this may not

be accurate, it is encouraging to know that foreign language learners enter their

classrooms with a high level o f optimism and/or enthusiasm. It is also encouraging to

note that along with this high number o f students believing that they will eventually learn

to speak German well, there is an equally high number o f students who indicated that

they are aware o f the considerable amount o f time it will take to achieve this goal. For

example, nearly to sixty percent o f the students in this study indicated that they would

need between three and five years (or longer) to accomplish this goal. In contrast, sixty-

nine percent o f Mantle-Bromley’s seventh graders (1995) believed that it is possible to

become fluent in their foreign language two years or less. Thus, i f one compares the

results from this study to Mantle-Bromley’s, it appears that college freshmen’s beliefs

about the difficulty o f language learning are much more accurate than the beliefs of

seventh graders.

Page 148: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

147

5.2.4.2 Foreign Language Aptitude

Responses to question in this section also indicate that students in this study have

fairly accurate and positive beliefs about language learning. For example, only nine

percent o f the students believed that some people are bom with a special language

learning ability (question 2), and only eight percent strongly agreed that they personally

had this ability (question 15). This is important because this suggests that although a

relatively high percentage o f students believe that they will ultimately leam to speak

German well (question 6), the majority o f these students believe that it is not a natural

aptitude alone that will enable them to achieve their language learning success.

Similarly, students’ responses indicate that only fifteen percent believed that women are

better language learners than men (question 22), and only eight percent believed that

science and math majors are poor language learners (question 29), These responses are

consistent with the findings from question two that students find natural aptitude less of a

factor in language learning success than other possible influences.

Overall, students’ responses to questions in this category remained fairly

consistent and rarely changed more than five percentage points (plus or minus) over the

fifteen-week treatment period. One exception, though, occurred in terms o f students’

beliefs about the importance o f previous language learning experience (question 10). A

sixteen percent change occurred in favor o f the belief that previous language learning is

beneficial when trying to leam a new language . Perhaps this is because students felt

that their peers who had previously studied Spanish, French, etc. were doing better than

Page 149: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

148

their peers who had not. Thus, after fifteen weeks o f language study, students are perhaps

more likely to see previous language study as an important factor in language learning

success.

5 .2 4.3 The Nature o f Language Learning

Again, gain scores for the treatment and comparison groups were fairly evenly

distributed and it does not appear that one group was at a significant advantage over the

other in terms beliefs about language. For example, there was an equal shift in opinion

towards neutrality (-13% for the treatment group vs. -13% for the comparison group) that

culture learning is an important ingredient in language learning (question 8). Gain scores

on question sixteen (Learning German is mostly a matter o f learning a lot o f new

vocabulary words) were also similar for both groups and do not reveal anything of

particular interest. Overall gain scores on question sixteen, however, are interesting, Pre­

test results, for example, indicate that fifty-nine percent o f the all the subjects believed

that learning German was mostly a matter learning a lot o f new vocabulary words. Post-

test results, however, indicate a thirty-two percent overall shift away from this belief,

indicating that after fifteen weeks of language learning, students are less likely to view

language learning as solely an exercise in increasing one’s vocabulary. In other words,

students in this study began to see the complex nature o f language learning as a result o f

their fifteen-week exposure to language learning.

Responses to question twenty (Learning German is mostly a matter o f learning a

lot o f grammar rules), however, contradict the findings from the previous question

Page 150: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

149

(question 16). On this question, post-test scores show a twenty-one percent increase

overall in the belief that learning German is mostly a matter o f learning a lot o f grammar

rules. Again, there was no significant difference between either groups’ change in

opinion, which may suggest that regardless o f a classroom’s focus on culture, students in

this study still saw grammar as an increasingly important factor. This finding is

somewhat disturbing in that in appears that students have simply shifted their opinion

away from vocabulary learning as the overriding factor in learning a foreign language,

and now believe that it is grammar that is the most important factor in learning a foreign

language.

5.2.4 4 Strategies o f Communication and Learning

In this category, students again indicated fairly accurate beliefs about language

learning and most o f the shifts that did occur, were consistent between groups. The most

encouraging set o f responses in this category come from question nine (You shouldn’t

say anything in German until you can say it correctly). Fortunately, the majority o f the

students in the pre- and post-tests indicated that they disagreed with this belief (96% on

the pre-test and 97% on the post-test), which indicates that both groups felt relatively free

to speak German even if they knew that they were going to make a mistake. The one

question in this category which did result in a shift over the fifteen-week treatment period

was question seventeen (It is important to repeat and practice a lot). Here, students made

a radical shift away from the belief that this is important. For example, seventy-five

percent o f the respondents on question seventeen no longer strongly agreed or agreed that

Page 151: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

150

repeating is the key to success in language learning. Unfortunately, i f a student does not

respond positively to a question on the BALLI, it is not possible for a student to write

down what it is that they believe. Thus, we know that after the fifteen-week treatment,

students were less likely to believe that repeating is important, but we do now know

exactly what it is that they now find important.

5.2.4.5 Learner Motivations and Expectations

This category was the least consistent in terms o f overall pre-/post-test scores, but

in terms o f changes between groups, both groups were again very consistent. For

example, on question twenty-seven, students shifted towards neutrality (7%), indicating

that they were no longer sure whether or not learning German would help them to get a

good job, on question twenty-three students became more negative (21%), indicating that

they see little opportunities for using their knowledge o f German, on question thirty there

was less disagreement that Americans think it is important to learn foreign languages

(15%), and on question thirty-one, there were absolutely no shifts at all.

5.2.4.6 Summary

In general, it appears that students’ responses on the BALLI tended to become

more neutral in their beliefs about language learning over the fifteen-week semester. This

tendency is similar to Mantle-Bromley’s findings (1995) that students’ attitudes towards

language learning may actually become less positive after the first semester (p. 383).

Although the shift in attitude was not as great for responses in this study as for responses

in Mantle-Bromley’s study, these results do indicate that students’ beliefs about language

Page 152: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

151

learning must be addressed. This researcher strongly recommends that teachers design

and implement lessons on language learning that are more in line with their students

needs and desires. Research then needs to be conducted to determine if such lessons can,

indeed, alter students’ beliefs and perhaps increase student retention in language courses.

As Oxford & Shearin (1994) argue, foreign language teachers have the weighty

responsibility o f convincing their students that language study is more than a college

entrance requirement and more than merely a mental exercise or a clever way to speak in

code with one’s peers. However, as indicated in section 5.3.2, students, for the most part,

are aware o f this and do see language learning as an opportunity to gain a variety o f new

insights (many o f which are culture related). Thus, what is important is that teachers

realize that their beliefs are not necessarily the same as their students, and that the way in

which student and teacher belief systems interact may actually cause students to become

more negative in their attitudes towards language study. Awareness o f the needs that

students bring to the classroom (as assessed by the BALLI) can help us and our students

become realistic in setting goals, and in providing a democratic relationship between

students and teacher, and students and learning. Section 5.3 outlines one possible

approach for initiating such a classroom environment.

5.3 PEDAGOGICAL IMPLICATIONS

Because teaching communication, rather than teaching language per se, is one of

the stated goals of communicative language teaching, it is particularly important for us to

examine the degree to which our teaching is communicatively relevant in students’ lives.

Page 153: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

152

In putting together this present study, one o f the outcomes was what this researcher

considers to be a post-communicative model o f language teaching. The following section

describes this theoretical model, which embraces communicative methodologies and

incorporates insights acquired from considering other theories o f discourse.

5.3.1 The Model

This model seeks a principled way in which communicative language teaching

can be integrated with a study o f target-language cultures and the cultures o f the learners,

and, in particular, within the curriculum framework o f practical classroom management,

content, and evaluation.

Most importantly, teachers interested in broadening their repertoire o f

communicative tasks already have at their disposal a wide range o f publications and

materials to choose from (Legutke, p. 71). For example, the language-teaching

profession has experienced a proliferation o f materials offering games, problem-solving

or information-gap activities, role-plays, simulations or scenarios to meet the demands of

communicative language teaching. If we look at communicative tasks featured in these

publications from the perspective o f competencies (i.e. grammatical competence

(concern with the mastery o f grammatically correct language, with language code), socio-

linguistic competence (concern with what is socially accepted language, i.e. with

decisions about appropriateness o f language in context), discourse competence (concern

with the ability to decode, negotiate, and encode coherent written and/or spoken text), and

strategic competence (concern with the knowledge and ability o f how to use language to

Page 154: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

153

communicate intended meaning and how to repair breakdowns that occur in

communication)) (Canale and Swain), we can see that the communicative objectives

pertain to highly conventionalized usages o f language, most o f which can be taught quite

straightforwardly. One reason for this is that Canale’s description o f the components o f

communicative competence are extremely helpful in providing teachers with a framework

for decision-making and selection, and in offering guidelines for designing

communicative tasks. Nevertheless, communicative competence, as Canale describes it,

is somewhat limiting because it does not include the concept o f cross-cultural

competence. Canale’s competencies highlight the need for learners to understand when

an utterance is systematically different from the one frequently assigned by native

speakers o f the target language (socio-linguistic competence) or when speech act

strategies are inappropriately transferred from LI to L2 (discourse competence) (Thomas,

p. 99). However, they do not underscore a need to understand interactions which involve

cross-culturally different perceptions. In order for learners to understand this aspect of

language, they need opportunities to refer to cultural values and vestiges through their

own eyes and past experiences. The language teacher, however, is in the unfortunate

position o f having to be prescriptive, at least to a degree. That is, in so far as language

teachers attempt to give learners grammatical, sociolinguistic competence, etc., taking

note of Hymes’ (1972) and Canale and Swain’s (1980) definitions, language teachers also

need to begin providing students with opportunities for acquiring a broader range of

socio-cultural competencies.

Page 155: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

154

In addition to understanding functional aspects o f language, students also need to

be exposed to sociocultural aspects o f culture in a communicative environment. This

model is thus a natural (and necessary) extension o f the communicative methodologies

with which language teachers are already familiar. What this new model offers, however,

is that (valuable though Canale’s descriptions have been), such concepts o f discourse and

culture are limited. As it stands, almost all applications o f communicative competence

focus on relationships between form and function. In other words, the focus is on how

lexico-grammatical forms come to take on particular meanings in different contexts,

which is only one particular way o f exploring how meaning is created in language use

(Pennycook, p. 118). The goal o f broadening the application o f current communicative

methodologies is to give the language teaching profession a model o f communicative-

language teaching that does not limit social constructs o f culture to functions o f language

(i.e. the relationship between structures and their contexts) or one-way transmission o f

information about people and about their general attitudes and world views (Kramsch, p.

205). Communicative competence has opened up a number o f important dimensions for

language teaching, however by its focus on the relationship between language forms and

a limited sense of context (immediate surroundings, speakers’ intentions, background

knowledge, or conversational rules), it also tends to narrow our understanding of the

larger social, cultural and ideological forces that influence our lives (Pennycook, p. 121).

Because communicative language teaching is particularly good at highlighting

socio-pragmatic aspects o f language through the use o f authentic materials and the

Page 156: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

155

negotiation o f meaning, it provides learners with an opportunity to (1) indicate that they

understand or do not understand, or that they want the conversation to continue, (2) help

each other to express ideas, and (3) make corrections when necessary to what is said or

how it is said (Richards, Platt and Platt, p. 244). The communicative classroom, in its

attempt to portray language and meaning within and through the abstracts o f linguistics,

leaves broader areas o f culture and social contexts to be studies as an adjunct and outside

of the constraints o f communicative competence. As a result, the social constructs and

artifacts o f our learners’s cultures and those o f the target-culture are rarely “cussed and

discussed” in a communicative sense. Language teachers, however, do have at their

disposal a means for including cultural competence into the language curriculum. In the

same way that the use o f authentic material has led to a greater awareness o f language

functions and the socio-pragmatic aspects o f language, so could a process o f negotiating

cultural meaning lead to a broader application o f communicative methodologies. It is

through the process o f negotiating meaning that the fundamental values o f our learners’

cultures and those o f the target culture should be made available for inspection.

Teachers rely on linguistics to underlie their understandings o f syntax,

pragmalinguistic aspects of language and phonology, and they rely on the discipline of

pragmatics and sociolinguistics to underlie their understandings o f the functions of

language. These disciplines in combination with the theories o f communicative-language

teaching have made it possible for teachers to see that for social interactions, as well as

for the interaction within written texts, meaning is relational. For students to acquire

Page 157: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

156

cultural competence, teaching o f target-culture artifacts and social constructs will also

have to be viewed through negotiated interactions.

To better understand this model, it would be possible to arrange the several

positions above along a continuum. At one end, a very linguistically based view of

language teaching where discourse merely refers to the way sentences are connected

together, moving gradually through positions increasing the importance o f context, until

we arrive at a position whereby language use is determined by the diverse areas of social

life (Pennycook, p. 133). The following illustration also presents the above discussion in

a similar fashion:

Illustration 5.1 Prescriptiveness in Teaching

101

World Knowledge

Socio-cultural KnowledgeDiscourse and Socio-linguistic Knowledge

Linguistic Knowledge

Page 158: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

157

This illustration indicates level o f prescriptiveness. The closer the classroom

objective is to the center, the more prescriptive we can be. While communicative

language teaching offers an extremely valuable framework o f analysis for understanding

the relationship between the inner two categories, its concept o f negotiated meaning is

rarely extended into the outer two categories. Each category above implies a very

different view o f the world and it is important to understand that the discourse engaged

for the purpose o f linguistic knowledge can be very different from the discourse for the

purpose o f world knowledge. What is also important to understand is that by extending

the concept o f negotiating meaning into the outer two categories, we present our learners

with an opportunity to understand the relationship between language and other cultural

phenomena, and allow them to link their acquisition o f language skills with their

understanding o f foreign cultures. For example, in teaching language we help our

students acquire various linguistic formulae needed for greeting and taking leave. These

may be practiced in role play, and be acquired through experiential learning. By being

aware of the outer two components o f the above diagram, we also provide opportunities

for students to focus their attention on the similarities and differences they are aware o f

from their first language and personal culture. In order to help students understand that

cultural knowledge is relational, culture needs to be presented in a variety o f ways, some

of which need to include non-prescriptive and non-linguistic dimensions.

In the next section, consciousness raising will be presented as an approach for

extending communicative methodologies into the realm o f culture teaching in the foreign

language classroom.

Page 159: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

158

5.3.2 Consciousness Raising and the Negotiation o f Culture

Whereas traditional approaches to culture teaching are teacher centered and lead

students to conform, a post-communicative methodology will need to advocate an

educational approach based on consciousness raising in which learners actively

participate in understanding and negotiating the personal and cultural ambiguities of

social life. When consciousness raising is applied to teaching culture in the foreign-

language classroom, teaching becomes a process o f actively engaging students in an array

of discourses and interactions; in this view, the teacher’s role is dynamic, multiple, and

always changing. One o f the mains goals would be to assist students in making

discoveries and experimenting with knowledge and attitudes. This type o f learning

differs from traditional pedagogies in that knowledge is viewed as public property. In

traditional approaches to teaching culture,

The teacher’s job is to transmit predetermined knowledge or skills that the students need to meet the demands o f society. The teacher is the provider, and the students are the clients or consumers, o f the curriculum. (Auerbach and Burgess, p. 164)

What is hoped is that students will later find ways to apply the knowledge in action.

Despite the efforts o f many would-be reformers, recent reports by researchers such as

Pennycook (1990) and Ramirez (1995) suggest that most language and culture teaching

still involves the teacher as dispenser of knowledge and the student as passive recipient.

The greatest danger o f this approach is that it reinforces silence and passivity, rather than

creating conditions that allow students to identify and think critically about language and

culture. To break away from this, teachers must become active learners themselves,

Page 160: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

159

reflecting upon the learning activities they have designed and responding to their students

reactions to the activities. In this way, teachers themselves become more active; they

come to view themselves as more than just spokespersons for the target culture.

5.3.3 The Application o f Post-Communicative Language Teaching

In both current communicative theory and this postrcommunicative model, the

concept o f “negotiated meaning” is very important. Communicative-language

methodologies maintain that for material to be meaningful, it must be clearly relatable to

a learners’ existing knowledge (Omaggio, p. 96), and that learners must have a personal

framework or schemata to which new information can be attached if they are to

understand the new concept (Shade and New, p. 329). Thus, it is important for teachers

not to see themselves as transmitters o f knowledge, but as facilitator o f their students’

education by inviting them to enter into a process o f thinking critically about culture

(Auerbach and Burgess, p. 165). Unlike methods where the teacher creates both the

content and structure o f learning, in a communicative approach to culture teaching will

work to facilitate a dialogue between students with a series o f questions aimed at eliciting

students’ ideas, assisting them in making generalizations, relating the theme to their own

lives, and helping them to take action to effect change where applicable. (Auerbach and

Burgess, p. 166)

Teachers who use a form of conscious raising to engage their students in the

critique o f culture may experience students who find social critique threatening and

foreign. A common reaction for the teacher in this situation may be to take over the

Page 161: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

160

control, selection, and flow o f ideas (Sleeter, p. 416). Such a reaction, however,

contradicts the participatory mode o f the model being presented here and creates what

Elshtain terms the “coercive” classroom (Sleeter p. 420). According to Sleeter, “partly

what students resist is the implication that the sense they have made o f their lives is

wrong” (Sleeter, p. 420). Students are more likely to entertain another perspective, as

long as it is not presented as the only “correct” one (Sleeter, p. 420).

Communicative-language teaching and consciousness raising are mutually

supportive in that they both encourage expression on the part o f the student; however,

while communicative-language teaching assumes that the student learns from a stable,

unitary, autonomous self, consciousness raising does not. On one hand, communicative

language teaching views the teacher as a facilitator o f the students' expressions; though

expression is only for the purpose o f practicing the target language. As Freed and

Bernhardt (1992) recently pointed out:

American foreign language education values action over reflection; it believes that the sole responsibility o f language teachers is to get their students to talk and write as well and as fluently as possible. Depth and breadth o f thought belong to other subjects. The overall result o f both these aspects o f the skill versus content dichotomy has often been the trivialization o f the teaching of foreign languages; it has made the teaching of culture a particularly controversial issue. (Qtd. in Kramsch 1993, p. 4)

In order to reverse this trend, it is important for teachers to begin listening for

themes or content areas relevant to their students’ lives. Through listening, we can

discover what our students are worried about and what engages them. General categories

often include the work, relationships (at work, at home or in the community), decision-

Page 162: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

161

making structures, monetary problems, values and beliefs associated with work,

interaction o f family and work life, and cultural differences within the classroom and

community (Wallerstein, p. 36). In this process, teachers need to become aware of how

their students express themselves and elaborate on the issues that affect their lives. As

content is drawn from learners’ daily lives, listening will eventually become an ongoing

process involving both teachers and students in the learning process.

As a follow-up to listening, students need to be given opportunities to discuss

their personal experiences in relation to their problems. The goal o f the teacher is, thus,

to help students integrate their experiences into a broader social context (Wallerstein, p.

37).

In applying the ideas o f consciousness raising to the communicative classroom,

teachers need to begin asking themselves the following questions:

5.3.3.1 Do my Lessons Promote Critical Thinking?

Wallerstein argues that many language teaching materials focus on forms rather

than on the content o f language interaction, which only serves to continue the divorce of

language from thought, and language teaching from creative expression. Because we

often fail to examine assumptions about how particular materials mediate meanings

between students, teachers, and society, we very often leave little room for students to

generate their own meanings and develop critical thinking (Auerbach and Burgess, p.

151). Teaching students to negotiate culture and language, rather than teaching “culture”

per se, is one o f the main goals o f this post-communicative model to language teaching.

Page 163: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

162

To achieve this, it is particularly important for us to examine the degree to which our

materials are relevant to our students’ lives (Auerbach and Burgess, p. 162). It is

sometimes difficult for us to resist ready-made learning objectives along with suggested

projects and packaged student questions, but the resistance is essential (Doyle). As

Auerbach argues, “Not until language teaching engages the thought and mind o f the

learners can it be called communicative (Auerbach and Burgess, p. 164).

5.3.3.2 Is my Approach to Teaching Student Centered?

As argued above, the transfer o f cultural information is typically one-way, from

the teacher to the students. When language and culture are taught from this perspective,

the curriculum is forced to emphasize a narrow selection o f skills, forms o f culture and

knowledge, and to view education in a way that ignores our students understandings o f

.political issues, race, class or gender issues (Pennycook, p. 308).

5.3.3.3 What is the Meaning o f “Culture” in my Classroom?

As an alternative to teaching culture as “artifacts”, teachers must work with the

knowledge embedded in the social forms and popular cultures o f students’ everyday lives

(Simon, p. 62). As a specific example, teachers could encourage students to select a

quote from a German newspaper (e.g. Worte der Woche from Die Zeif). Instead of telling

the class what the quote refers to, small groups could discusses the possible meanings of

the quote and how it relates to their lives. After about seven minutes o f group work, the

teacher could assist the class in comparing and contrasting their impressions o f the quote.

The teacher could then engage the students in a dialogue on how the quote relates to their

Page 164: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

163

personal lives and how this might be different in a European context. As a concluding

discussion, students could suggest ways they would like to be quoted if they were given

an opportunity to be interviewed by a German newspaper. In the early stages o f

language, such lessons may have to be conducted in the students’ native language. In

upper divisions, most if not all o f this could take place in the target language, as long as it

were supplemented with topical lists o f relevant vocabulary, phrases, idiomatic

expressions, associograms, and brainstorming activities, etc.

Regardless o f the topic, the most important ingredient is that the content o f

language teaching relates to or is generated directly from the lives o f our students. The

discussions may never lead to heated debates about ‘racism’ and/or ‘oppression’. As long

as the issues are grounded in the students lives, they will engage in their own critical self­

examinations and thus, further critical thinking. When I tried a consciousness raising

activity with an intermediate German language course that I was teaching, students

brought up issues relating to tuition increases, inadequacy o f university facilities, and

whether or not women should be allowed to fight in combat in the U.S. military. These

issues were highly relevant to the lives o f the students and, at the same time, it was very

easy for me to introduce, compare, and contrast similar issues affecting students in

Germany with the class. In other words, it is possible to introduce “culture” without

collapsing the lesson and issues onto the level o f ‘culture as artifacts’. As we have seen

from the results o f the current study, the introduction, teaching, and learning of culture in

a student-relevant and process-oriented approach can significantly increase learners’

Page 165: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

cross-cultural adaptability and give them opportunities and tools to improve their

attitudes towards learning.

5.4 RECOMMENDATIONS FOR FUTURE RESEARCH

Culture learning based on a process- and learner-centered approach shares many

of the positive aspects reported by Barro et al. (1993) and Robinson-Stuart & Nocon

(1996). However, Barro et al.’s approach requires study abroad, advanced levels o f

language proficiency, and extensive and long-term training. The present study shows that

culture learning can also be effective in lower-level language classrooms in the home

environment. Using these techniques, many more students at various levels o f study

should also be able to experience culture as a process o f producing meaning regarding

each other’s way o f being in the world. Future research, therefore, should focus on

applying these techniques in various levels o f language learning. One possibility would

be to do a similar study using the target language as the mode o f expression in the second

year. It would also be useful to replicate the present study using the base teacher for

teaching the experimental culture lessons.

The data collected from the PDS could also be expanded in the attempt to account

for more o f the variance regarding cross-cultural adaptability. Such an approach would

attempt to gather more information on factors which influence cross-cultural adaptability.

As argued above, the BALLI is very limiting in that if students do not respond

positively to a question, it is not possible for them to write down what it is that they

believe. For example, we may know that after one semester o f language study students

164

Page 166: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

165

are less likely to believe that repeating is important, but the BALLI does not allow for

student comments, which would allow us to more accurately assess what exactly it is that

they find important. A shorter version o f the BALLI, along with room for student

comments, might allow teachers and researchers to more clearly understand learners’

beliefs about language learning.

5.5 SUMMARY

This study was limited to undergraduate German students at the University of

Arizona, thus any conclusions apply primarily to this population and can only be

suggestive for other groups. They do, however, have far-reaching implications for the

effectiveness o f culture learning in a process- and learner centered classroom. Curricula

should not only approach these issues on a cognitive level, but should also include

assessment o f culture as an interactive process that engages both teacher and student, as

can be done using a culture portfolio (please see Appendix B).

By expanding the notion o f communicative competence into the realm of culture,

teachers can provide greater opportunities for students to learn and engage in the realities

that are most important to them. To improve students understanding o f multiculturalism,

foreign language education need to begin by including the concept o f “diversity” into its

culture lessons. Teachers must examine their own responses to diversity, and provide the

same type o f opportunities for students to negotiate culture as they do for learning about

the other aspects o f language. Nurturing a critical approach to culture learning means

making foreign-language education a process o f negotiation, through which teachers

promote clarity about diversity and ways to embrace it (Phillips, 1988).

Page 167: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

166

Finally, such a stance towards culture teaching does not suggest avoiding the use

of lecture, drills, discrete-point tests or other similar routines, but rather that if we want

our students to recognize the complexity and tolerate the ambiguity and subjectivity o f

culture, we will have to add learning experiences to our repertoire that require students to

ask questions and reflect on their own cultural background rather than accept cultural

information at face value. This research study has shown that these are realistic,

achievable goals.

Page 168: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

167

Appendix AExperimental Culture Lessons

Culture Lesson # 1

1. Present cartoon on overhead projector. Cartoon depicts a man being interviewed who

had just returned from Africa. The questions posed to him was, “Please tell us about

culture in Africa?” The caption involves a series o f hon-sequiturs made by the

interviewee, all indicating how difficult it is for the interviewee to describe the cultures

he encountered in Africa.

2. After a brief discussion o f the cartoon, students are asked to come up with their own

definition o f the word “culture”. Students work in groups o f three to five and negotiate

amongst themselves a written definition.

3. Students are asked to share their definitions and to comment on their reasoning for

defining culture in the way they did.

4. Following the previous discussion, the teacher provides a brief description o f the

term, “cross-cultural adaptability”, and relates the ambiguity that the students experienced

in defining culture to the ambiguity involved in assessing “cross-cultural adaptability”.

5. At this point, students are given fifteen minutes to score their own CCAI (Cross-

Cultural Adaptability Inventory). Students completed the CCAI and the other

instruments used in this study during a one-hour period the week prior to the first

experimental culture lesson.

7. Class participates in a discussion involving the validity o f the CCAI. Question:

What is your initial reaction to the CCAI and its ability to predict “cross-cultural

adaptability”? Students responses were very mixed in their attitudes towards this

instrument.

Page 169: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

168

C i u i M i i n r e I ^ e s s n i i n i # 2

1. Students are asked to complete an associogram on the front board. An associogram is

an activity which requests students to indicate (using a word or a short phrase) the

associations they make with a particular word or phrase. In the case o f this associogram,

students reacted to two terms, one on each side o f the front board. On the left side of the

board the word American was written on the other half o f the board the word German

was written. Every student in the class came forward and wrote something on the board

for each term. Students were then given a chance to compare answers and to explain why

they wrote what the did.

2. The class is then divided up into groups o f three to four. Half o f the groups discuss

the following directions: 1) Please answer the following question: “If a student from

another country were to study in the U.S., which o f the items on the board would be

useful in his/her attempt to adjust and to feel at home in the United States? Explain your

answer. 2) When you are finishing answering this question, brainstorm in your group an

additional list o f things a foreign student should be aware of in order to make a study

abroad experience in the U.S. a positive one.

Other Yz o f class : If you were to study in Germany, which o f the items on the board

would be useful in your attempt to feel at home in your new environment? Explain your

answer. In the form o f a question or statement, brainstorm in your group a list o f things

that you should know about in order to make a study abroad experience a positive one.

Examples: personal level (having friends), survival level (knowing about bureaucratic

obstacles), practical level (transportation),

3. Connection to quotes: What is useful, goes beyond trivia and it goes beyond

knowledge o f things like artifacts, which are typically used to describe the culture of

another country. Group work on quotes (discuss)

4. Es gibt keine Deutschen (What does this mean? group work)

5. Discussion

7. Handout “What is German?”

Page 170: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

169

Quiltiuime Thessimni # 1

1. Associogram - ffriemd Freundl

2. OHP: German/American differences (handout from Haas) (general discussion)

3. Translate small sections o f Martin Walser’s Die Amerikareise; Versuch, ein Gefuhl

zu verstehem (1986) (advance organizer for #4 below)

4. Group work (handout on German attitudes towards the American use o f certain words)

5. BO ARB: Amerikaner sind Oberflachlich (Americans are superficial): General

discussion

1. Are Americans superficial?

Put following chart on board:

Is the German use o f the word Freund more narrow than the American use o f the friend?

Freund Bekannte

acquaintance friend

Page 171: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

170

CiaMiuire Lessmn # 4

1. Students create personal data sheet

2. OHP: German school system + terms (handout)

Ask class to describe how the American school system is different (general

comments).

3. Group work (describe what chapters are saying)

RetMmMmg America (Hedrick Smith, 1995)

Group 1: 111

Group 2: 112

Group 3: Bottom half o f 115

Group 4: 118- part o f 119

Group 5: Bottom o f 120-121

Group 6: 123-124

Group 7: 124-124

4. Based on the information you have about the German school system, where would you

place the students from the profiles (generalize on board)

5. Debate: Should America adopt a tracking system?

Page 172: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

CiuilftimiCe TLessfro #5

1. Privatraume: Welche Assoziationen lost dieses Bild bei Ilmen aus. Finden Sie eine

treffende Uberschrift fur das Bild.]

2. Show actual title o f photo.

3. Read “American” quotes about Soziale Nahe und Distanz in Germany

4. Group discussion: What would Germans write about the Americans?

5. Conclusion: Students’ reactions to topic.

Page 173: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

172

Appendix B The Culture Portfolio

The Colteire PcDritfollcD - Spring 1996 IntimdieetmE

The Plau/Outline is the first o f four assignments in what is know as The Culture

Portfolio. The process o f putting together the culture portfolio is a lengthy task;

however, by engaging in a topic through a multi-step process, it is more likely that we

will make connections between our topic content and our own lives. In addition, such

analyses engender critical thinking and greater awareness o f the complexity involved in

our multi-cultural and multiracial world. Throughout the culture-portfolio process, you

will have many opportunities to update and reconstruct your existing knowledge, thus

generating a cohesive and multifaceted understanding o f your topic. In order to show

your broadened understanding o f your topic, and to make your portfolio as rich in content

as possible, include a variety o f pictures, maps, charts, tables, etc. in your analyses. The

outline below will help you in putting together the beginning stages o f the Culture

Portfolio.

During each semester (German 101 through German 202), you will create one

Culture Portfolio and present it to the class in the form o f an oral report. The Portfolio

and the oral report are to be completed in English and are worth a total o f 100 points.

The PlaM/Omtiime is worth fifteen points. The Draft (stage two o f the portfolio process)

is worth twenty points. The Final Write-up, which involves an in-depth analysis o f the

issues presented in the Draft, is worth forty points and is due on the day o f your

presentation. Finally, the Presentation (approx, ten minutes in length) is worth twenty-

five points. 3 points will be deducted for each day that any assignment is turned in late.

For the important due dates o f the Culture Portfolio, refer to your schedule o f exams.

Page 174: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

173

Culture Portfolio Themes

German 101

German-American

German 102

Switzerland or

Similarities

German 201

Impact of German Culture on Other Countries

Austria

German 202

Impact of Outside Cultures on Germany

Completing the Portfolio ProcessSTEP I. The PLAN/OUTLINE (15 pts): Follow the steps outlined on this sheet of

paper (A through D below).

STEP II. The DRAFT (20pts): Expand on the sub-topics that you wrote about in

the PLAN/OUTLINE. This is your chance to be creative and engage in

the critical-thinking process! Choose a variety materials that are useful in

describing your topic. For example, your sources may provide you with

essays, poetry, art, collages, montages, short stories, photocopies,

postcards, posters, videos, etc. that are relevant to your topic. Demonstrate

that you have studied your sources thoroughly. In addition, be sure to

answer the questions that you outlined next to each sub-topic in the

DRAFT/OUTLINE.

Page 175: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

174

STEP III. The PORTFOLIO (the final product) (40pts): In addition to addressing

your teachers comments from the DRAFT, show in the PORTFOLIO that

you have thought critically about your topic and that you are able to make

connections between your overall topic and your various sub-topics.

Finally, readdress the points 1 through 5 under D (Cultural Relativity) in

the PLAN/OUTLINE. Rewrite your answers based on what you have

learned throughout the cultural portfolio process. Explain why or why not

your answers have changed.

STEP IV. The PRESENTATION (25pts): Synthesize the most important and

interesting aspects o f your PORTFOLIO and present this information to

the class. A well prepared presentation is very important. You will only

have about 10 minutes to speak, but this is plenty o f time to show off to

your classmates all o f the fun things you learned while putting together the

portfolio!

MeettMg the TopicMost importantly, choose a topic that interests you. The purpose o f the culture

portfolio is for you to explore new topics that are relatively unknown to you. Although

the topic range is relatively open, there are two constraints: First, your topic must

correspond to the Culture-Portfolio Themes o f the German course you are currently

taking (see above). Second, avoid topics on beer, wine, Oktoberfest, favorite

automobiles, etc. These topics may be new to you, but they are dead-end subjects (unless

you can give the topic the depth and breadth that we are requiring for the portfolio).

Before you make your decision, think critically about the cultural content and diversity o f

the topic. Do not begin until you feel that the various issues involved in the topic are

worth your time and effort. In other words, think carefully about whether or not your

topic will challenge you intellectually as you delve more deeply into it.

Page 176: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

175

STEF 1= The PLAN/OUTLINE (15pts):Please Write on a Separate Sheet of Paper

A. TOPIC: Describe the general theme o f your topic.

B. CONTENT ( what do I hope to learn?): List the sub-topics you plan to research and

at least three separate issues that you plan to address regarding each o f the five sub-

topics. For example, arrange your ideas as follows (5 pts):

2.

3.

4.

5.

ISSUES

1. ______2. ____3.

1.2._____________________

3.

1.2._____________________

3.________________

1._____________2._____________3.________________

1.___________ _2.3.

Page 177: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

176

C. SOURCES: What materials and resources will I use? List five (use a complete

bibliographical citation for each .source). Possible sources include books, film, the

WWW, interviews, journals, literature, music, newspapers (especially German

newspapers), personal experience, poetry, TV/video, etc. Go to the library, pull up a

comfortable chair in front o f SABIO, the CD ROMS, the WWW computers or your

favorite index, and let your ideas take you to places you have never been before! Of the

many sources you come across, choose five that are the most appropriate for your topic.

For each o f the five sources, describe in a sentence or two why you have chosen to use

the source and how it relates to your topic as a whole. (5 pis)

EX CULTURAL RELATIVITY: Please read the following definitions o f “culture”.

When you are finished, please answer the questions one through four below (5 pis):

Culture signifies the particular ways in which a social group lives out and makes sense o f its given circumstances and conditions o f life (Henry Giroux 1988, 193).

Culture is a way o f thinking, feeling, believing. It is the group's knowledge stored up (in memories o f people; in books and objects) for future use. A culture constitutes a storehouse o f the pooled learning o f the group (Clyde Kulckhohn 1944,24).

Another way o f defining culture is to conceptualize it as the modal personality o f a unique group o f people that provides rules and guidelines for appraising and interpreting interactions with the events, people, or ideas encountered in daily living (Barbara Shade & Clara New 1993, 317),

1. What is your definition o f “culture”?

2. How does your topic relate to experiences you have made living in the United States?

What aspects of your topic could or could not be connected to “culture” in the United

States (give 3 examples)?

3. What are some common generalizations or stereotypes held about your topic (name at

least 3)?

Page 178: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

177

4. Why is an in-depth knowledge o f your topic important to you? In other words, how

does it affect you as a young/budding German language and culture learner (give at least

3 examples)?

5. The concepts and phrases such as “global village,” “multi-culturalism,” “cross-cultural

communication,” and “diversity” suggest that every issue can be understood from a

variety o f perspectives. Show your multi-faceted perspective by giving three examples o f

cultural perspectives relating to your topic that are different from your own.

THE CULTURE PORTFOLIO GRADING THE DRAFT

As you read through and provide feedback on the Culture-Portfolio draft, please

consider the following five items. On the back o f this sheet is a form that can be used for

providing feedback to your students.

1. Has the strident readdressed the original questions from the Culture Portfolio

Outline? If not, encourage the student in your comments to rewrite the answers to

these questions. Subtract at least three points for every question that was not

addressed in the draft.

2. Philosophy: The draft is the second o f four assignments that our students will

complete in the Culture-Portfolio process. By engaging our students in a multi-

step research project (versus a one-shot research project), we hope that they will

be able to make more connections between their topic content and their own lives.

Multi-step analyses engender critical thinking and greater awareness o f the

complexity involved in our multi-cultural and multiracial world. Throughout the

culture-portfolio process, we want our students to have many opportunities to

update and reconstruct their existing knowledge, thus generating a cohesive and

Page 179: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

178

multifaceted understanding o f their topic. As you read through the drafts, think

about this philosophy statement and then look for ways to encourage your

students to delve deeper into their subject area. Look for areas in the draft that

offer the most potential for further examination (e g. the aspects that are either

controversial or the ones that clearly contain other perspectives that the student

has not yet considered). Make it clear to each student that he/she must address

your comments to receive full credit on the final Culture Portfolio.

3. Are the students showing any evidence o f making connections between their topic

content and their own lives? For example, if they have chosen a famous person as

a topic, have they applied any o f the characteristics o f that person to people or

attitudes o f people today? One example is “Crazy Ludwig”: he was eccentric

(etc!). How does our society react to eccentric people if they are unknown (e.g. a

homeless person) or famous (e.g. Michael Jackson)? Are there other

characteristics o f Ludwig that are relatable to present-day people or events, e.g.

self glorification, patron o f the arts (with/without selfish motives). Or, as another

example, i f your students write about objects (art works, buildings, modes of

transportation), you could encourage them to discuss how these are status symbols

or cultural objects which reflect society and the environmental factors of the

particular culture and age. For example: Forms o f transportation and their place

in American society are related to geographical distances, public transportation

availability, and environmental attitudes. In Germany or Europe, similar factors

play a role, however the Stellenwert o f transportation has very different cultural

meanings. Is the student making similar connections in his/her draft? If not,

guide the student into making such connections.

Page 180: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

179

4. Ask students to reflect on their own emotional/affective response to the topic.

For example: They might say something like, “German history is cool!”. With

such a statement, try to encourage them to reflect on why they have this attitude,

why this is their response, and why they even thought o f this topic as a German

culture project.

5. Our main goal is to urge students to think critically about culture learning, to be

self-reflective, and to apply knowledge from their culture portfolio to their world

and life outside o f our classrooms.

FORM FOR GRADING THE PORTFOLIO DRAFT

C i n i l f a i r e F i n r t f o l m D r a f t C a m m e i n i t e

I. Content & Sources (5 pts):

II. Preparation (5 pts):

III. Creativity (5 pts):

TotalIV. Organization (5 pts):

Page 181: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

FORM FOR GRADING THE FINAL VERSION

The following grading scale applies to the FINAL VERSION of the Culture Portfolio:I. CONTENT:

A. Use of at least 5 sources and documented with bibliography (10 points):JL No source._I_ Source is applicable, but its inclusion into the topic is not entirely justified (i.e.

another source would be more appropriate)._2_ Source is well suited for this topic.Source 1 ____ Source 2 ____ Source 3 ____ Source 4 ____ Source 5 ____Points:___ _ Comments:

B. Effective information (e.g. useful and necessary) (6 points):1 - 2 A large portion o f the information in the portfolio is irrelevant or unnecessary.3 - 4 Information is effective, but a more in-depth critique o f the information would

have been more useful.5 - 6 Information is very effective (i.e. analysis was insightful).Points:____ Comments:

C. Ability to communicate ideas clearly (6 points):1 - 2 Some ideas may be clear, but the majority o f the portfolio is vague and difficult to

follow.3 - 4 Most ideas presented are clear. Only occasionally are the ideas presented

unclearly.5 - 6 Through and through, the ideas were presented with expressiveness and clarity. Points:

Comments:

II. PREPARATION:A. Outline/plan was well thought out (6 points):

1 - 2 Outline and plan were not complete (i.e. some o f the sources were missing, some o f the questions not answered)

3 - 4 Outline and plan were complete; however, some o f the groundwork needed for developing the final portfolio was not sufficient or adequate.

5 - 6 The preparation for the final portfolio was well thought out and clearly defined (i.e. student was focused even in the early stages).

P oints:____ Comments:

III. CREATIVITY:A. Used information in a unique way (6 points):

1 - 2 The student made very few connections between her/his topic and other subjects (i.e. the student was unable to personalize or illustrate a clear context for the information presented in the portfolio).

3 - 4 The student was able to integrate his/her topic into an appropriate context, but not in a consistent fashion.

5 - 6 The student was creative in demonstrating the relevance o f her/his topic in a meaningful context.

Points:____ Comments:

IV. O R G A N IZA TIO N :A. Ideas were presented dearly (6 points):

1 - 2 Presentation o f material was very sloppy 3 - 4 Parts o f the organization were unclear.5 - 6 Final portfolio manifests excellent skill in organizing information.Points:____ Comments: Total:

Page 182: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

181

Gradmg Seal© for the Oral PresentationI Content1-2 Presentation completed with minimum effort and insufficient content/inadequate

length3-4 Content is good, but lacks clarity

5 Outstanding in content Points_______II Organization/Creativity1-2 Presentation o f the material was very sloppy and not creative 3-4 Parts o f the organization were unclear; lack o f creativity

5 Presentation was very well organized and outstanding in creativity Points______III ComprehensiMlity/FhaeBcy1-2 Mostly incomprehensible (to a non-teaching native speaker o f German)3-4 Comprehensible for a teacher or one experienced with dealing with foreigners, but

still some comprehensibility problems5 Most o f the presentation easily comprehensible; only occasional words or phrases

incomprehensible PointsIV Vocabulary1-2 Lack or misuse o f basic vocabulary 3-4 Occasional lack o f basic words; generally accurate usage

5 Extensive mastery o f basic vocabulary; very accurate usage for the presentlevel Points

V Stractmre1-2 Some correct elements, but major structural problems 3-4 Many correct elements, but still definite structural problems

5 Almost always correct usage for the present level Points

Page 183: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

182

Appendix C Strategy Lessons

Strategy Lesson #1: -

1. Introduce strategy use with hexagon from Oxford 1990, p. 15.

2. Discuss following strategies in relation to hexagon:

A. BREAK-DOWN: Break down into parts any long words and expressions in the new language that you find overwhelming.

B. CANNED TALK: Learn some common “canned” routines by heart in the new language so you can rattle them off easily when you need them in social conversation.

C. LOOKING AHEAD: Use preview questions or other ways to look ahead at the new target language reading material, so that you can orient yourself.

D. SPREAD ‘EM OUT: Plan your sessions for reviewing new material in the target language so that the sessions are at first close together and then more widely spread out.

E. STEERING CLEAR: When the conversation in the new language gets onto topics for which you don’t know the vocabulary, change the subject or just don’t say anything.

F. WHAT’S THE BIG IDEA?: Find all sorts o f ways to locate the main idea as you are reading a passage in the new language.

G. WRITERS CRAMP: To combat your “mental block” against writing a report in the new language, try to calm down and relax by means o f music and breathing exercises.

3. Group work: Handout covering details o f many strategies (see Oxford 1990, p. 17-21)Students work in groups and discuss personal examples o f the strategies onhandout.

Follow up with class discussion

Page 184: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

183

Strategy T,essmn #2t

1. OHP: Display several fun quotes from Mark Twain’s The Innocents Abroad

2. Discuss the complexities o f speaking (general discussion + lecture)

3. Group work: 5 groups, each groups reads a different section from Brown’s (1989) Chapter Five: Take the Plunge.

4. Discuss classes reactions

5. Lecture on planning an utterance, executing the utterance

Strategy I ̂ essimni #3;

1. Associogram: Students write on board the various types o f reading strategies they use.

2. Lecture: What is know about the process o f reading:Analytic (discuss accuracy chart), Constructive (discuss reading triangle)

3. Discuss Principles o f reading/leaming6. Activate prior knowledge7. Organize prior knowledge8. Set up purposes for reading9. Selection o f information10. Maintain schema for reading11. Evaluate new information12. Integrate new information13. Apply new information

4. List strategies used by good readers (see Oxford 1990, p. 283-85)

5. Group discussion on the strategy prediction

Strategy Lesson #4:

1. Introduce all the various types o f dictionaries (i.e. dictionary o f German for foreigners, Stilwdrterbuch, dictionary o f idiomatic expressions in German, etc.)

2. Group work: students look up the various meanings o f words that have multiple meanings (each group gets its own dictionary).

3. Lecture to students on the behaviors o f competent writers

4. Group work on personal writing strategies

Page 185: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

184

S tr M e g y ThesstDini # 5 ;

1. Associogram on listening strategies

2. Lecture on the similarities between listening and reading

3. OHP: List strategies o f good listeners (from Oxford 1990)

4. Play video o f Terrell giving lesson in Deutch

5. Group work: Groups talk about the strategies they used to understand his presentation.

Page 186: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

Appendix DExample Items from the CCAI

For a complete copy off the CCAI, write:National Computer Systems P.O.Box 1416 Minneapolis MN 55440 Tel: 1800 627-7271

Because of the CCAI copyright, it is not possible to print the entire inventory here:

Example items ffor the Emotional Resilience (ER) Scale:

Item 4. I feel confident in my ability to cope with life, no matter where I am.

Item 16. If I had to hire several job candidates from a background different from my own, I feel confident that I could make a good judgment.

Item 18. I could live anywhere and enjoy life.

Example items ffor the Flexibility/Openness (FO) Scale

Item 2. I believe that I could live a fulfilling life in another culture.

Item 22 (Negative). When I am around people who are different from me, I feel lonely.

Item 40. When I meet people who are different from me, I am interested in learning more about them.

Example items ffor the Perceptual Acuity (PAC) Scale

Item 15. I am the kind of person who gives people who are different from me the benefit of the doubt.

Item 20. I perceive how people are feeling, even if they are different from me.

Item 28. I pay attention to how people’s cultural differences affect their perceptions of me.

Example items for the Personal Autonomy (PA) Scale

Item 6. I believe that I can accomplish what I set out to do, even in unfamiliar settings.

Item 12. All people, of whatever race, are equally valuable.

Item 25. I feel free to maintain my personal values, even among those who do not share them.

185

Page 187: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

186

Appendix EAMtMdes Measurement Test Battery

1. I have always admired German-speaking people.2. Americans should make a greater effort to learn the German language.3. I have a positive attitude toward German-speaking people.4. German-speaking people are trustworthy and dependable.5. Some o f the U. S. ’ best citizens are o f German decent.6. For the most part, German speaking people are sincere and honest.7. German-speaking people are very friendly and neighborly.8. I would like to know more German-speaking people.9. The more I learn about German-speaking people, the more I like them.10. I would like to get to know German-speaking people better.11. If I were visiting a foreign country, I would like to be able to speak the language

o f the people.12. Even though the U.S. is relatively far from countries speaking other languages, it

is important for Americans to learn foreign languages.13 . I wish I could speak another language perfectly.14. I want to read the literature o f a foreign language in the original language rather

than a translation.15. I often wish I could read newspapers and magazines in another language.16. I would really like to learn a lot o f foreign languages.17. If I planned to stay in another country, I would make a great effort to learn the

language even though I could get along in English.18. I am definitely going to major or minor in a foreign language at the U. o f A.19. I enjoy meeting and listening to people who speak other languages.20. Studying a foreign language is an enjoyable experience.21. Studying a foreign language can be important to me because it will allow me to be

more at ease with people who speak that language.22. Studying a foreign language can be important for me because it will allow me to

meet and talk with more and varied people.23 . Studying a foreign language is important for me because it will enable me to

better understand and appreciate other countries’ art and literature.24. Studying a foreign language is important forme because I will be able to

participate more freely in the activities o f other cultural groups.25. Studying a foreign language is important for me because I’ll need it in my studies

at the U. o f A.26. Studying a foreign language is important for me because it will make me a more

knowledgeable person.27. Studying a foreign language is important to me because I think it will someday be

useful in getting a good job.28. Studying a foreign language is important for me because other people will respect

me more if I have a knowledge o f a foreign language.29. It may embarrass me to volunteer answers in German.30. I probably will not feel sure o f myself when I am speaking German.

Page 188: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

187

31. I am afraid the other students will laugh at me when I speak German.32. My parents try to help me with my German.33. My parents feel that I should continue studying German all through undergraduate

school.34. My parents really encourage me to study German.

Page 189: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

188

Appendix FBALLI Items and Responses (percentages)

The Blfffaeelty ©ff Lanigmage Leatramg (Items 3 ,49 5, <S9 149 249 28):Note: All percentages are rounded to the nearest whole number. Thus, percentages may not total 100% due to rounding and/or missing responses.3. Some languages are easier to learn than others.

Horwitz1988

Kern 1995 Total Gain

Single Test Pre Post Inst Pre Post Inst Treat Comp

SA 28 33 42 17 23 17 25 -4 -3

A 58 57 50 50 47 47 50 0 0

NAD 10 6 7 25 22 33 25 7 4

D 3 3 1 8 3 3 0 0 0

SB 0 1 0 0 5 0 0 -2 -3

4. In terms of difficnlty to learn, German is:

Horwitz88

Kern 1995 Total Gain

Single Test Pre Post Inst Pre Post Inst Treat Comp

VBL 1 3 2 0 0 0 25 0 0

BL 38 25 30 25 24 17 0 -4 -4

LMB 54 60 54 67 61 25 50 -21 -14

EL 5 11 13 8 7 47 25 23 17

VEL 0 2 1 0 8 11 0 2 1

@ a very difficult language, a difficult language, a language o f medium difficulty, an easy language, a very easy language

5. German is strnctnred in the same way as English.

Horwitz1988

Kern 1995 Total Gain

Single Test Pre Post Inst Pre Post Inst Treat Comp

SA n/a 5 7 n/a 2 6 n/a 2 2

A 27 29 5 11 3 3

NAB 28 23 39 42 1 2

D 35 35 33 22 -6 -4

SB 5 7 21 20 -1 0

Page 190: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

189

6. I toelieve that I will ultimately learm to speak German very welL

Horwitz1988

Kern 1995 Total Gain

Single Test Pre Post Inst Pre Post Inst Treat Comp

SA 13 25 26 n/a 10 14 n/a 1 3

A 41 45 , 39 40 47 4 3

NAD 36 21 23 35 25 -6 -5

D 9 8 11 11 14 1 3

SB 1 1 1 4 0 -2 -2

14. If someone would spend one hour a day learning German, how long would it take him/her to become fluent?

Horwitz Kern 1995 T o ta l CjrSlIM

1988

o Single Test Pre Post Inst Pre Post Inst Treat Comp

>1 6 7 , 3 , 0 6 0 0 -4 -3

1-2 38 33 35 33 32 6 0 -10 -16

3-5 34 37 41 33 43 36 50 -3 -4

5-10 7 11 9 8 10 36 50 16 10

n/p 12 12 .2 25 . 9 1 22 0 5 8

©Less than a year, 1-2 years, 3-5 years, 5-10 years, not possible

24. It is easier to speak than to understand a foreign language.

Horwitz1988

Kern 1995 Total Gain

Single Test Pre Post Inst Pre Post Inst Treat Comp

SA 6 2 5 0 0 0 0 1 -1

A 24 12 16 0 9 6 0 -2 -1

NAD 6 22 20 17 11 0 0 -8 -3

D 51 47 43 58 25 34 25 4 5

SB 13 17 16 25 55 60 75 2 3

Page 191: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

190

28. It is easier to read and write a foreign language than to speak and understand i t

Horwitz1988

Kern 1995 Total Gmm

Single Test Pre Post Inst Pre Post Inst Treat Comp

SA 22 11 21 8 9 13 0 2 2

A 49 39 37 42 27 41 50 5 7

NAD 16 21 20 33 21 28 50 2 5

D 11 26 19 17 18 3 0 -9 -6

SB 2 3 3 0 25 15 0 -6 -4

Foreign Language Aptitede (Items 1 ,2S10,15,22,29,32,33,34):1, It is easier for children than adults to learn a foreign language.

Horwitz1988

Kern 1995 Total Gain

Single Test Pre Post Inst Pre Post Inst Treat Comp

SA 44 38 48 17 29 31 25 1.2 0.9

A 39 41 34 50 25 36 25 6.6 4.5

NAD 11 11 7 25 43 22 50 -12.6 -9

D 4 9 9 8 3 6 0 1.8 1.2

SB 1 2 2 0 0 5 0 • 3 2

2. Some people are born with a special ability which helps them learn a foreign

Horwitz1988

Kern 1995 Total Gain

Single Test Pre Post Inst Pre Post Inst Treat Comp

SA 13 12 12 17 9 8 25 -0.6 -0.5

A 33 ' 41 41 42 21 31 50 6 3.5

NAD 29 26 27 33 31 14 25 -10.2 -6.7

D 19 14 14 0 19 31 0 7.2 4.9

SB 3 7 7 8 20 16 0 -2.4 -1.6

vi.

Page 192: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

191

10. It is easier for someone who already speaks a foreign language to learn anotherone.

Horwitz1988

Kern 1995 Total Gain

Single Test Pre Post Inst Pre Post Inst Treat Comp

SA 27 15 14 33 11 6 0 -2 -3

A 48 46 55 42 23 39 100 10 6

NAD 11 25 19 17 48 44 0 -2 -2

B i i 9 9 0 12 6 0 -4 -2

SD 3 4 3 8 6 5 0 -1 0

15. I have foreign language aptitude.

Horwitz1988

Kern 1995 . Total Gain

Single Test Pre Post Inst Pre Post Inst Treat Comp

SA 8 9 14 n/a 8 0 n/a -5 -3

A 25 49 38 19 31 4 8

NAD 44 33 36 38 36 -1 -1

D 19 8 9 24 22 -1 -1

SD 3 1 3 11 11 0 0

22. Women are better than men at learning foreign languages.

Horwitz1988

Kern 1995 Total Gain

Single Test Pre Post Inst Pre Post Inst Treat Comp

SA 1 1 3 0 3 13 0 4 6

A 8 6 9 0 12 0 50 -7 -5

NAD 39 42 39 17 13 13 50 0 0

D 31 31 28 42 20 34 0 8 6

SD 19 20 21 42 52 40 0 -4 -8

Page 193: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

192

29. People who are good at math and science are not good at learning foreignlanguages.

Horwitz1988

Kern 1995 Total Gain

Single Test Pre Post Inst Pre Post Inst Treat Comp

SA 1 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 0

A 4 2 8 0 8 3 0 -3 -2

NAD 35 30 29 25 12 16 75 2 2

D 34 42 41 50 26 38 25 7 5

SB 23 24 21 25 54 43 0 -7 -4

32. People who speak more than one language well are very intelligent.

Horwitz1988

Kern 1995 Total Gain

Single Test Pre Post Inst Pre >, Post Inst Treat Comp

SA 2 3 6 0 4 3 0 -1 0

A 25 19 18 0 6 9 0 2 1

NAD 41 55 50 50 55 56 100 1 0

D 24 18 22 42 22 16 0 -2 -4

SD 8 4 4 8 13 16 0 2 1

33. Americans are good at learning foreign languages.

Horwitz1988

Kern 1995 Total Gam

Single Test Pre Post Inst Pre Post Inst Treat Comp

SA 0 1 2 0 1 3 0 2 0

A 6 7 11 8 1 0 0 -1 0

NAD 60 67 55 67 21 28 50 5 1

D 23 21 27 25 55 63 0 5 3

SD 9 4 3 0 22 6 50 -10 -6

Page 194: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

193

34. Everyone can learn to speak a foreign lamgiuiage.

Horwitz1988

Kern 1995 Total Gam

Single Test Fre Post Inst Fre Post Inst Treat Comp

SA 25 44 43 25 35 31 50 -2 -2

A 48 36 42 75 35 38 50 2 1NAD 17 13 12 0 29 25 0 -3 -1

D 7 7 2 0 0 3 0 2 1

SB 2 0 1 0 1 3 0 1 1

The Natrare of Laegeage Learning (Items % 11916, 20 ,2§9 26):

8. It is necessary to know the fforengm cnilture in curder to speak a fforeigm larngmiage.

Horwitz1988

Kern 1995 Total Gsiim

Single Test Fre Post Inst Fre Post Inst Treat Comp

SA 8 10 7 8 10 3 0 -6 -2

A 35 28 33 17 25 25 0 0 0

NAD 35 32 26 58 24 42 100 12 7

D 18 26 29 17 30 11 0 -7 -11

SD 5 4 4 0 11 19 0 5 3

11. It is better to learm si foreign larngmage m the foreign conimtiry.

Horwitz Kern 19951988 1

Total Gain

Single Test Fre Post Inst Fre Post Inst Treat Comp

SA 25 37 41 8 30 25 75 -3 -2

A 41 41 43 33 31 44 25 5 8

NAD 24 16 14 42 30 22 0 -3 -5

D 6 6 2 17 6 6 0 0 0

SD 3 1 0 0 4 3 0 -1 0

Page 195: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

194

16. Learning Germaum is mostly a matter of leatramg a lot of new vocafottlatry words.

Horwitz1988

Kern 1995 Total Gam

Single Test Pre Post 1 Inst Pre Post Inst Treat Comp

SA 10 2 2 0 2 0 0 -1 -1A 29 16 22 0 8 28 0 . 11 9

NAD 13 22 18 8 31 44 0 8 5

D 46 51 46 67 37 24 50 -5 -8

§D 3 9 12 25 22 4 50 -11 -7

20. Learning German is mostly a matter of learmimg a lot off grammar rales.

Horwitz1988

Kern 1995 Total (GrSiin

Single Test Pre Post Inst Pre Post Inst Treat Comp

SA 4 2 4 0 1 3 0 1 1

A 21 20 27 0 14 25 25 7 4

NAD 32 28 29 17 39 47 0 2 6

D 36 44 36 58 29 19 75 -5 -5

SB 5 6 4 25 17 6 0 -4 -7

25. Leammmg a foreign language is different from learning other school subjects.

Horwitz1988

Kern 1995 Total Gain

Single Test Pre Post Inst Pre Post Inst Treat Comp

SA 37 19 27 17 26 23 25 -2 -1

A 42 57 55 42 43 38 75 -3 -2

NAD 7 15 8 33 22 23 0 1 0

D 8 8 6 8 7 13 0 1 5

SB 3 1 4 0 2 3 0 1 0

Page 196: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

195

26. Learning aumotiher lamgmage is a matter of tmmsWmg from EmpMsllii-

Horwitz1988

Kern 1995 Total Gain

Single Test Pre Post Inst Pre Post Inst Treat Comp

SA 2 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0A 13 7 11 0 5 6 0 1 0

NAD 17 16 11 0 15 9 0 -5 '-2

D 48 52 51 17 31 47 25 10 6

. SD 17 24 26 83 49 38 75 -7 -4

Strategies of CommraEkatioE amd Learmirng (Items 7,9,12,13, .17, 18,19,21):

7. It’s important to speak a foreign langmage with an excellent accent. _________

Horwitz1988

Kern 1995 Total Gain

Single Test Pre Post Inst Pre Post Inst Treat Comp

SA 15 13 15 0 10 6 0 -1 -3

A 37 37 44 17 20 22 25 i 2

NAD 30 29 22 33 26 33 25 5 3

D 14 19 18 33 29 28 25 -1 -1

SD 3 1 1 17 15 11 25 -2 -3

9,. Yon shomMm’t say amythimg in German mm# yom can gay it correctly.

Horwitz1988

Kern 1995 Total Gain

Single Test Pre Post Inst Pre Post Inst Treat Comp

SA 3 1 2 0 0 0 0 0 0

A 9 3 6 0 4 3 0 -1 -1

NAD 14 7 6 0 0 0 0 0 0

D 46 42 48 50 23 28 50 2 3

SD 27 46 39 50 73 69 25 -2 -2

Page 197: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

196

12. Iff I heard someone speaking German, I would go up to them so that I couldpractice speaking German.

Horwitz1988

Kem 1995 Total Gain

Single Test Pre Post Inst Pre Post Inst Treat Comp

SA 5 6 7 n/a 5 0 n/a -2 -3

A 27 33 31 11 23 7 5

NAD 36 37 35 33 19 -6 -8

D 27 19 24 34 36 1 1

SB 2 5 3 21 22 1 0

13. It’s OK to guess iff you don’t know the word in German.

Horwitz1988

Kem 1995 Total Gain

Single Test Pre Post Inst Pre Post Inst Treat Comp

SA 5 16 20 33 7 0 50 -3 -4

A 33 52 51 42 27 53 50 10 16

NAD 33 21 18 25 35 33 0 -1 -1

D 19 9 10 0 18 8 0 -5 -5

SB 8 2 1 0 13 6 0 -4 -3

17. It is important to repeat and practice a lot.

Horwitz1988

Kem 1995 Total Gam

Single Test. Pre Post Inst Pre Post Inst Treat Comp

SA 74 60 57 42 58 3 50 -29 -26

A 25 36 38 58 33 13 50 -8 -12

NAD 0 3 5 0 7 34 0 16 11

D 0 1 0 0 2 34 0 19 13

SB 1 0 0 0 0 16 0 7 9

Page 198: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

197

18. I feel self-conscionis speaking German m front off other people,

Horwitz1988

Kern 1995 Total Gain

Single Test Pre Post Inst Pre Post Inst Treat Comp

SA 14 12 12 n/a 11 4 n/a -5 -3

A 45 38 44 13 13 0 0

NAD 17 20 20 38 30 -3..

-2

D 18 23 20 21 38 8 5

SB 3 7 4 17 16 0 -1

19. Iff yon are allowed to make mistakes in the beginning it will be hard to get rid offthem later on.

Horwitz1988

Kern 1995 Total Gain

Single Test Pre Post Inst Pre Post Inst Treat Comp

SA 19 8 13 0 8 0 0 -5. -3

a ; 38 25 29 24 18 6 25 -7 -5

NAD 17 20 22 25 23 25 0 1 1

D 17 33 27 42 28 41 75 5 8

SD 7 14 9 8 23 28 0 1 4

21. It’s important to practice in the langnage laboratory.

Horwitz1988

Kern 1995 Total Gain

Single Test Pre Post Inst Pre . Post Inst Treat Comp

SA 39 16 21 0 10 3 0 -4 -3

A 45 53 50 84 35 28 100 -4 -3

NAD 9 21 21 8 39 38 0 -1 0

D 3 8 7 8 11 6 0 -2 -3

SD 2 1 1 0 5 25 0 7 13

Page 199: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

198

Learner Metivaticms and Expectations (Items 239 279 30,31);

23. If I get to speak German very well, I will have mamy opportmniitieg to use i t

Horwitz1988

Kern 1995 Total Gain

Single Test Pre Post Inst Pre Post Inst Treat Comp

SA 16 19 14 n/a 20 9 n/a -7 -4

A 33 36 40 27 23 -2 -2

NAD 31 29 30 27 23 -2 -2

B 15 16 16 17 38 13 8

SB 3 0 1 9 7 -1 -1

27. If I leara to speak German very well, it will help me get a good job.

Horwitz1988

Kern 1995 Total Gain

Single Test Pre Post Inst Pre Post Inst Treat Comp

SA 3 8 9 0 14 6 50 -3 -5

A 19 17 oo 19 23 50 3 2

NAB 44 47 35 84 30 38 0 5 2

D 21 21 22 0 29 19 0 -6 -4

SB 10 6 8 8 8 14 0 2 4

30. Americans think that it is important to speak a foreign langmage.

Horwitz1988

Kern 1995 Total Gain

Single Test Pre Post Inst Pre Post Inst Treat Comp

SA 3 3 4 0 2 0 0 -1 -1

A 22 17 17 0 6 6 0 0 0

NAB 27 25 24 8 16 13 25 -2 -1

B 28 40 41 65 39 59 25 7 13

SB 18 15 13 27 37 22 50 -10 -5

Page 200: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

199

31. I would like t o 'earn German so tlnat I cam get to know its speakers better.

Horwitz1988

Kern 1995 Total Gain

Single Test Pre Post Inst Pre Post Inst Treat Comp

SA 10 13 14 n/a 12 13 n/a 1 0

A 38 40 41 24 25 0 1

NAD 33 32 29 30 28 -1 -1

D 13 14 13 26 25 -1 0

SD 5 1 3 8 9 -1 0

Page 201: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

200

REFERENCES

Allen, W.W. “Toward Cultural Proficiency.” Proficiency. Curriculum Articulation: The Ties that Bind. Ed. A.C. Omaggio. Middlebury: Northeast Conference, 1985.

Alport, G.W. “The Historical Background o f Modem Social Psychology.” Handbook of Social Psychology. Ed. G. Lindzey. Cambridge: Addison-Wesley, 1954.

Apple, Michael W. Ideology and Curriculum. 2nd ed. New York: Routledge, 1990.

Arizpe, V., and B. Aquirre. “Mexican, Puerto-Rican and Cuban ethnic groups in first- year-college-level Spanish textbooks.” The Modem Language Journal 71.2 (1987): 125-37.

Arsenault, Philip. Preface. Northeast Conference on the Teaching o f Foreign Languages. Ed. Warren C. Bom. Montpelier: Northeast Conference on the Teaching o f Foreign Languages, Inc., 1976.

Auerbach, Elsa Roberts, and Denise Burgess. “The Hidden Curriculum o f SurvivalELS.” Freire for the Classroom: A Sourcebook for Liheratory Teaching. Ed, Ira Shor. Portsmouth: Poynton/Cook, 1987.

Ausubel, David. Educational Psychology: A Cognitive View. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston, 1978.

Bacon, Susan M. “Coming to Grips with the Culture: Another Use o f Dialogue Journals in Teacher Education.” Foreign Language Annals 28 (1995): 193-207.

Banks, James A. Multiethnic education : theory and practice. 2 ed. Boston: Allyn and Bacon, 1988.

—, and Cherry A. McGee Banks. “Preface.” Multicultural Education. Ed,James A. Banks and Cherry A. McGee Banks. Boston: Allyn and Bacon, 1993. xiii-xiv.

Bartley, D. E. “A Pilot Study o f Aptitude and Attitude Factors in Language Dropout.” California Journal o f Educational Research 20 (1969): 48-55.

Belenky, Mary Field. “Connected Teaching.” Women's Ways o f Knowing. New York: Basic Books, 1986. 214-229.

Page 202: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

201

Benson, P.G. “Measuring Cross-Cultural Adjustment: The Problem o f Criteria.” International Journal o f Tnterciiltnral Relations 2 (1978)- 7.1-37-

Benson, P.G. Culture Shock Inventory. 1990. 209-214.

Bentahila, Abdelali & Eirlys Davies. “Culture and Language Use: A Problem for Foreign Language Teachaing.” IRAL 2 (1989): 99-112.

Best, Linda. “Freire's Liberatory Learning: A New Pedagogy Reflecting Traditional Beliefs.” : ERIC, 1990. Vol. ED326050.

Bishop, Reginald G. Jr. Forward. Culture in Language Learning: Reports o f theWorking Committees o f the Northeast Conference on the Teaching o f Foreign Languages. Ed. G. Reginald Bishop, Jr., 1960: ERIC Document: ED 014 938.

Blyler, Nancy Roundy. “Pedagogy and Social Action: A Role for Narrative inProfessional Communication.” Journal o f Business and Technical Communication9.3 (1995): 289-320.

Borg, Walter R., and Meredith Damien Gall. Educational Research: An Introduction.5th ed. New York: Langman, 1989.

Bowers, Roger. “English in the World: Aims and Achievements in English Language Teaching.” TESOL Quarterly 20 (1986): 393-409.

— . -‘Memories, Metaphors, Maxims, and Myths: Language Learning and Cultural Awareness.” ELT Journal 46.1 (1992): 29-50.

Branch, Chris W. “Racial Attitude Development among Young Black Children as aFunction o f Parental Attitudes: A Longitudinal and Cross Sectional Study.” Child Development 57.3 (1986): 712-21.

Breen, M., and C. Candlin. “Essentials of a Communicative Curriculum.” Applied Linguistics 1.2 (1979): 90-112.

Brooks, Nelson. Language and Language Learning: Theory and Practice. Second ed. New York: Harcourt, Brace & World, Inc., 1964.

—. “Teaching Culture in the Foreign Language Classroom.” Foreign Language Annals 1 (1969): 204-217.

Page 203: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

202

Brown, Ann L., and Joseph C. Campione. “Guided Discovery in a Community of Learners.” Classroom Lessons: Integrating Cognitive Theory and Classroom Practice. Ed. Kate McGilly. Cambridge: A Bradford Book, 1994. 229-70.

Bruer, John T. “Classroom Problems, School Culture, and Cognitive Research.”Classroom l essons: Integrating Cognitive Theory and Classroom Practice Ed. Kate McGilly. Cambridge: MIT Press, 1994. 273-90.

Budner, Stanley. “Intolerance o f Ambiguity as a Personality Variable.” Journal o f Personality 30 (1962): 29-50.

Buttjes, Dieter, and L. Kane. “Theorie und Zielsetzung der Landeskunde imFremdsprachenstudium.” Anglistilc und Englischuntem'cht 4.Mai (1978): 51-61.

— . “Lanlceskunde im Fremdsprachenunterricht.” Neusprachlicht Mitteilungen35.1 (1982): 3-16.

— . “Mediating Languages and Cultures: The social and Intercultural DimensionRestored.” Mediating Languages and Cultures: Towards and Intercultural Theory of Foreign language Education. Ed. Dieter Buttjes and Michael Byram. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters, 1991.

Byram, Michael. “Foreign Language Education and Cultural Studies.” Language. Culture and Curriculum 1.1 (1988): 15-31.

—•. “Post-Communicative" Language Teaching.” British Journal o f language Teaching26.1 (1988): 3-6.

— . Cultural Studies in Foreign Language Education. Vol. 46. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters, 1989.

—, Veronica Esarte-Sanies, and Susan Taylor. Cultural Studies and Language T,earning: A Research Report. Ed Derrick Sharp. Vol. 63. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters Ltd., 1991.

—, and Veronica Esarte-Sarries. Investigating Cultural Studies in ForeignLanguage Teaching: A Book for Teachers. Vol. 62. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters Ltd., 1991.

Page 204: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

203

et al. “Young People's Perceptions o f Other Cultures: The Role o f Foreign Language Teaching.” Mediating Languages and Cultures: Towards and Tntercultural Theory of Foreign Language Education. Ed. Dieter Buttjes andMichael Byram. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters LTD, 1991. 103-119. Vol. 60.

— . “Teaching Culture and Language: Towards an Integrated Model.” Mediating Languages and Cultures: Towards an Tntercnltnral Theory o f Foreign Language Education. Ed. Dieter Buttjes and Michael Byram. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters, 1991. 17-32. Vol. 60.

—. “Language and Culture Learning for European Citizenship.” Language and Education 6.2 (1992): 165-76.

Byrnes, Heidi. “Foreign Language Departments and the Cultural Component o f an International-Studies Program.” ADFL 1 (1990): 10-15.

Canale, Michael. “From Communicative Competence to Communicative Language Pegagogy.” Language and Communication. Ed. J. Richards and Richard Schmidt. London: Longman, 1983.

—, and Merrill Swain. “Theoretical Bases o f Communicative Approachesto Second Language Teaching and Testing.” Applied Linguistics 1 (1980): 1-47.

Candlin, Christopher N. “Language, Culture and Curriculum.” Canberra 6 (1992): 3-13.

Case, R. “Key Elements o f a Global Perspective.” Social Education 57.6 (1993): 318- 325.

Chapelle, Carol. “Ambiguity Tolerance and Field Independence as Predictors ofProficiency in English as a Second Language.” Language Learning 36.1 (1986): 45.

Clark, John L. Curriculum Renewal in School Foreign Language Learning. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1987.

Clement, R., P.C. Smythe, and R.C. Gardner. “Persistence in Second Language Study: Motivational Considerations.” The Canadian Modem Language Journal 34 (1978): 688-694.

Cohen, Andrew D . Language Learning: Insights for T.earners. Teachers, and Researchers. Boston: Heinle & Heinle Publishers, 1990.

Page 205: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

Coste, D. “Analyse de Discours et Pragmatique de la Parole dans Quelques Usages d'une Didactique des Langues.” Applied Linguistics 1 (1980): 244-52.

Crawford-Lange, Linda M. “Curricular Alternatives for Second-Language Learning.” Curriculum. Competence, and the Foreign language Teacher. Ed. Theodore V. Higgs. Skokie: National Textbook Company, 1982.

— , and Dale L. Lange. “Doing the Unthinkable in the Second-Language Classroom: A Process for the Integration o f Language and Culture.” Teaching for Proficiency, the Organizing Principle. Ed. Theodore V. Higgs. Lincolnwood: National Textbook Company, 1984. 139-77.

Cross, David. “Sex Differences in Achievement.” System 11.2 (1983): 159-62.

Cui, G. & S. Van Den Berg. “Testing the Construct Validity o f InterculturalEffectiveness. International Journal o f Intercultural Relations. 15 (1991): 259-84.

Cummins, Jim. “Empowering Minority Students: A Framework for Intervention.” Harvard Educational Review 56.1 (1986): 18-36.

Damen, Louise. Culture Learning: The Fifth Dimension in the Language Classroom. Ed Sandra J. Savignon. Reading: Addison-Wesley, 1987.

Danziger, K. Constructing the Subject: Historical Origins o f Psychological Research. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1990.

Denton, David. Existentialism and Phenomenology in Education: Collected Essays. Ed David Denton. New York: Teachers College Press, 1974.

Dinges, N. “Intercultural Competence.” Handbook o f Intercultural Training. Ed. D.Landis and R.W. Brislin. New York: Pergamon Press, 1983. 176-202. Vol. 1.

Doyle, Clar. Raising Curtains on Education: Drama as a Site for Critical Pedagogy. Westport: Bergin & Garvey, 1993.

Doyle, Denis P. “Innocents at Home: American Students and Overseas Study.” Education Week November 16 1994: 1.

Ellis, Rod. Instructed Second l anguage Acquisition: T earning in tbe Classroom. Cambridge: Basil Blackwell, 1990.

204

Page 206: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

205

Elshtain, Jean Bethke. “The Social Relations o f the Classroom: A Moral and Political Perspective.” : Telos, 1976. 110. Vol. 97.

Farhady, H. Justification. Development, and Validation o f Functional TangnapeTeaching. Vol. Ph.D. Dissertation. Los Angeles: University o f California, 1982.

Fiedler, F. E., T. Mitchell & H.C. Triandis. “The Culture Assimilator: An Approach to Cross-Cultural Training.” Journal o f Applied Psychology. 55 (1971): 95-102.

Field, Lucy Fukasawa. “The Effect o f Multicultural Counseling Training onMulticultural Sensitivity o f Graduate Students.” : Indiana State University, 1990.

Fischer, Gerhard. “Tourist or Explorer? Reflection in the Foreign Language Classroom.” Foreign language Annals 29.1 (1996): 72-81.

Flavell, J.H., and H.M. Wellman. “Metamemory.” Perspectives on the Development o f Memory and cognition. Ed. Jr. R.V. Kail and J.W. Hagen. Hillsdale: Erlbaum, 1977. 3-33.

Freire, Paulo. Pedagogy of the Oppressed. New York: Continuum, 1970.

—. “To the Coordinator o f a Culture Circle.” Convergence 4.1 (1971): 61-2.

Fried, J. “Bridging Emotion and Intellect: Classroom Diversity in Progress.” College Teaching 41.4 (1993): 123-128.

G. Reginald Bishop, ed. G. Reginald Bishop, Jr. Forward. New Brunswick: Princeton University Press, 1960. 11-13.

Gardner, R. C., and W.E. Lambert. Attitudes and Motivation in Second-Language Learning. Rowley: Newbury House, 1972.

—, and P.C. Smythe. “Motivation and Second Language Acquisition.” The Canadian Modem Language Review 31 (1975): 218-230.

—, et al. “Second Language Learning: A Social Psychological Perspective.”The Canadian Modem Language Review 32 (1976): 198-213.

—. Social Psychology and Second Language I .earning: The Role o f Attitudes and Motivation. London: Edward Arnold, 1985.

Page 207: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

206

—, et al. “A Multidimensional Investigation o f Acculturation and Language Proficiency.” Research Bulletin 692. ERIC ED321575. (1990).

—, and Peter D. MacIntyre. “On the Measurement o f Affective Variables in Second Language Learning.” Language Learning 43.2 (1993): 157-194.

George, Mary. “Cultural Diversity in Public Elementary Schools: An Examination of Principals' Cultural Adaptability and Student Achievements.” : University of La Verne, 1991.

Giroux, Henry A., and Roger I. Simon. “Popular culture, schooling, and everyday life.” Popular culture, schooling, and everyday life. Ed. Henry A. Giroux and Roger I. Simon. Toronto: OISE Press, 1989.

— . Border Crossings: Cultural Workers arid the Politics o f Education. New York: Routledge, 1992.

Goldstein, Donna L. “A Comparison of the Effects o f Experiential Training onSojourners'Cross-Cultural Adaptability.” : Florida International University, 1992.

Graman, Thomas. “Education for Humanization: Applying Paulo Freire's Pedagogy to Learning a Second Language.” 58.4 (1988): 443-448.

Greene, Maxine. Releasing the Imagination: Essays on Education, the Arts, and Social Change. 1st ed. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass Publishers, 1995.

Grindhammer, L. “Language Learning and Language Teaching: The Cultural Imperative.” Anghstik und Englischunterricht 4.Mai (1978): 63-83.

Grittner, Frank M. “Editor's Introduction to This Special Edition on Culture.” Foreign Language Annals 29.1 (1996): 17-18.

Grumet, Madeleine R. Bitter Milk: Women and Teaching. Amherst: University o f Massachusetts Press, 1988.

Guba, Egon G., and Yvonna S. Lincoln. Fourth Generation Evaluation. Newbury Park: Sage Publications, 1989.

Haase, J.E., and S.T. Myers. “Reconciling Paradigm Assumptions o f Qualitative andQuantitative Research.” Western Journal o f Nursing Research 10.2 (1988): 128- 137.

Page 208: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

207

Halliday, M.A.K. New Ways o f Meaning: A Challenge for Applied Linguistics. Thessaloniki, Greece. ERIC Document: ED 324-960,1990.

Harding, J., et al. “Prejudice and Ethnic Relations.” Handbook o f Social Psychology Ed. G. Lindzey. Cambridge: Addison-Wesley, 1954.

Hatch. Evelyn & Farhady. Research Design and Statistics for Applied Linguistics. Rowley: Newbury House, 1982.

—, and Anne Lazaraton. The Research Manual: Design and Statistics for Applied Linguistics. Boston: Heinle & Heinle, 1991.

Henderson, Ingeborg. “Addressing Diversity: A Call for Action.” I Internchtspraxi s. Winter (1991): 4-9.

Higgs, Theodore V. & Ray Clifford. “The Push Toward Communication.” Curriculum, Competence and the Foreign l anguage Teacher. Ed. Theodore V. Higgs.Skokie: National Textbook Company, 1982.

Holliday, Adrian. Appropriate Methodology and Social Context. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1994.

Horwitz, Elaine K. “Using Student Beliefs About Language Learning and Teaching inForeign Language Methods Course.” Foreign Language Annals 18.4 (1985): 333- 40.

—. “The Beliefs about Language Learning of Beginning UniversityForeign Language Students.” The Modem Language Journal 72 (1988): 283-294.

Huebner, Dwayne E. A Reassessment o f the Curriculum. New York: Bureau o f Publications, Teachers College, Columbia University, 1964.

Hymes, D. H. “On Communicative Competence.” Sociolinguistics. Ed. J. B. Pride and J. Holmes. Harmondsworth: Penguin, 1972.

Inspectorate), HMI (Her Majesty's. Modem Foreign Languages to 16. London: HMSO, 1987.

Jacobsen, M., and M. Imhoff. “Predicting Success in Learning a Second Language.” The Modem Language Journal 58 (1974): 329-36.

Page 209: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

208

Janger, J. “Literacy and Schooling: A Sociocognitive Perspective.” Language, Literacy and Culture: Issues o f Society and Schooling. Ed. J. Langer. Norwood: Ablex, 1987.

Tick, T.D. “Mixing Qualitative and Quantitative Methods: Triangulation in action.” Administrative Science Quarterly 24 (1979): 602-10.

Johnson, Alleyne J. “Life after Death: Critical Pedagogy in an Urban Classroom.” Harvard Educational Review 65.2 (1995): 211-210.

Jurasek, Jurasek, and Cork Sprechen WirDentsch: Textbook and Accompanying Workbook. 3rd Edition ed. Fort Worth: Harcourt, Brace, Jovanovich, 1992.

Kanpol, Barry. Critical Pedagogy: An Introduction. Westport: Bergin & Garvey, 1994.

Kam, Richard G. “Students' and Teachers' Beliefs About Language Learning.” Foreign Language Annals 28.1 (1995): 71-92.

Kelley, Colleen, and Judith Meyers. Cross-Cultural Adaptability Inventory Manual. Minneapolis: National Computer Systems, 1991.

—, and Judith Meyers. Cross-Cultural Adaptability Inventory Manual Minneapolis: National Computer Systems, 1995.

Kempf, Franz R. “The Dialectic o f Education: Foreign Language, Culture, and Literature.” ADFL Bulletin 27.1 (1995): 38-46.

Koch, Ingeborg. “The Dangers o f Image Perpetration in Foreign Language Teaching.” Canadian Modem Language Review 3L4 (1975): 342-48.

Kohonen, Viljo. “Teaching Content Through a Foreign Language is a Matter o f School Development.” ERIC Publication ED 383 198 (1994).

Koppe, Pamela Gilson. “Teaching Culture and Language in the Beginning ForeignLanguage Class: Four Strategies that Work.” Die IInterrichtspraxis 18 (1985): 158-169.

Kraft, D., andM. Sokofs. The Theory o f Experiential Education. Boulder: Association for Experiential Education, 1989.

Page 210: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

209

Kramsch, Claire. “The Cultural Discourse o f Foreign Language Textbooks.” Toward a New Integration o f Language and Culture. Ed. Alan J. Singerman. Middlebury: Northeast Conference on the Teaching o f Foreign Languages, 1988. 63-88.

—, and Sally McConnell-Ginet. “(Contextual Knowledge in LanguageTeaching.” Text and Context: Cross-Disciplinary Perspectives on Language Study. Ed. Claire Kramsch and Sally McConnell-Ginet. Lexington: D.C. Heath and Company, 1992. 3-25.

—. Context and Culture in Language Teaching. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1993.

— . “Embracing Conflict versus Achieving Consensus in Foreign Language Education.” ADFL Bulletin 26.3 (1995): 6-12.

Lafayette, Robert C. “Integrating the Teaching o f Culture into the Foreign Language Classroom.” Toward a New Integration o f Language and Culture. Ed. Alan J. Singerman. Middlebury: Northeast Conference on the Teaching o f Foreign Languages, 1988. 47-61.

Lambert, W.E. “Psychological Approaches to the Study o f Language Part II: On Second Language Learning and Bilingualism.” The Modem Language Journal 14 (1963): 114-21.

Lange, Dale L. “The Curricular Crisis in Foreign Language Learning.” ADFL Bulletin 25.2 (1994): 12-16.

Larsen-Freeman, Diane, and Michael H. Long. An Introduction to Second Language Acquisition Research. London: Longman, 1991.

Lazarsfeld, Paul F., and Sam D. Sieber. Organizing Educational Research. Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall, 1964.

Lee, Bock-Mi. Stages o f Acculturation: Their Relationship to ESI. Students' Preferences Associated with TEST Methods. Ann Arbor: UMI Dissertation Services, 1991.

Legutke, Michael & Howard Thomas. Process and Experience in the Language Classroom. New York: Longman, 1991.

Lett, John A. “Assessing Attitudinal Outcomes.” The Language Connection: From the Classroom to the World. Ed. June K. Phillips. Skokie: National Textbook, 1977. 267-312. Vol- 9 o f ACTFT Review o f Foreign Language Education.

Page 211: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

210

Lier, L. van. The Classroom and the Language T .earner. Ethnography and Second- Language Classroom Research. Harlow: Longman, 1988.

Lightbown, Patsy. “Great Expectations: Second Language Acquisition Research and Classroom Teaching.” Applied Linguistics 6 (1985): 173-189.

Mackie, Robert. “Introduction.” Literacy and Revolution: The Pedagogy o f Paulo Freire. Ed. Robert Mackie. London: Pluto Press, 1980. 166.

Mantle-Bromley, Corinne, and Raymond B. Miller. “Effects o f Multicultural Lessons on Attitudes o f Students o f Spanish.” The Modem Language Journal 75 (1991): 418- 425.

—. “Preparing Students for Meaningful Culture Learning.” Foreign Language Annals 25 (1992): 117-127.

—. “Students' Misconceptions and Cultural Stereotypes in Foreign Language Classes.” Middle School Journal 26 (1994): 42-47.

—. “Positive Attitudes and Realistic Beliefs: Links to Proficiency.” The Modem Language Journal 79 (1995): 372-386.

Marsh, Colin J. Curriculum: Alternative Approaches. Ongoing Issues. New York: Merrill, 1995.

Martin, A.V., B. McChesney, E. Whalley & E. Devlin. Guide to Language and StudySkills for College Students o f English as a Second Language. Englewood Cliffs! , Prentice-Hall, 1977.

McLaughlin, Barry. Theories o f Second-Language Learning. London: Edward Arnold, 1987.

McLeod, Beverly. Language I .earning: Educating Linguistically Diverse Students. New York: State university o f New York Press, 1994.

Meade, B. & G. Morain. “The Culture Cluster.” Foreign Language Annals 6 (1973): 331-38.

Meras, Edmond A. A Language Teacher's Guide. New York: Harper & Brothers, 1954.

Milleret, Margo. “Evaluation and the Summer Language Program Abroad: A Review Essay.” The Modem Language Journal 74 (1990): 482-488.

Page 212: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

211

Morgan, Carol. “Attitude Change and Foreign Language Culture Learning.” L a n g u a g e Teaching 26 (1993): 63-75.

—. “Teaching "Culture" at A-Level.” Language Learning Journal 7 (1993): 42-44.

Mounin, G. “Sens et place de la civilisation dans 1’enseignement des langues.” Le francais dans 1e monde. 188 (1984): 34-6.

Mueller, T.H., and R.I. Miller. “A Study o f Student Attitudes and Motivation in aCollegiate French Course using Programmed Language Instruction.” International Review o f Applied Linguistics 8 (1970): 297-320.

— “Student Attitudes in the Basic French Courses at the University o f Kentucky.” TheModem Language Journal 55 (1971): 290-8.

Nation, R., and B. McLaughlin. “Experts and Novices: An Information-processingapproach to the "good language learner' problem.” Applied Psycholinguistics 7 (1986): 41-56.

Newell, A., and A.H. Simon. Human Problem Solving. Englewood Cliffs: Prentice- Hall, 1972.

Norton, Robert W. “Measurement o f Ambiguity Tolerance.” Journal o f Personality Assessment 39.6 (1975): 607-619.

Nostrand, H.L. “Empathy for a Second Culture: Motivations and Techniques.”Responding to New Realities. Ed. G.A. Jarvis. Lincolnwood: National Textbook Company, 1974. Vol. 5.

— “The ‘Emergent Model’ applied to contemporary France.” American ForeignLanguage Teacher. 4 (1974) n3: 23-27.

Nunan, David. Research Methods in Language Learning. New York: Cambridge University Press, 1992.

—, and Clarice Lamb. The Self-directed Teacher. Ed Jack C. Richards. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1996.

O'Gorman, Frances. “Conscientization—Whose Initiative Should It Be?” Convergence:An International Journal o f Adult Education 11.1 (1978): 52-59.

Page 213: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

212

Oberg, K. “Cultural Shock: Adjustment to New Cultural Environments.” Practical Anthropology 7 (1960): 177-82.

Omaggio, Alice C. Teaching Language in Context: Proficiency-Oriented Instruction. Boston: Heinle & Heinle, 1993.

Ome, Martin T. “Demand Characteristics and the Concept o f Quasi-Controls.” Artifact in Behavioral Research. Ed. R. Rosenthal and R.L. Rosnow. New York: Academic Press, 1969.

Ortuno, Marian Mikaylo. “Cross-Cultural Awareness in the Foreign Language Class: The Kluckhohn Model.” The Modem Language Journal 75 (1991): 449-459.

Osgood, C.E., G.J. Suci, and P.H. Tannenbaum. The Measurement o f Meaning.Urbana: University o f Illinois, 1957.

Oxford, Rebecca L. Language I.earning Strategies: What Every Teacher Should Know. New York: Newbury House, 1990.

—, and Jill Shearin. “Language Learning Motivation: Expanding the Theoretical Framework.” The Modem Language Journal 78.1 (1994): 12-28.

Peck, Jeffrey M. “Toward a Cultural Hermeneutics o f the "Foreign" LanguageClassroom: Notes for a Critical and Political Pedagogy.” ADFL Bulletin 23.3 (1992): 11-17.

Pennycook, Alastair. “The Concept o f Method, Interested Knowledge, and the Politics o f Language Teaching.” TESOL Quarterly 23 (1989): 589-618.

—. “Critical Pedagogy and Second Language Education.” System 18.3 (1990): 303-314.

—. “Incommensurable Discourses?” Applied Linguistics 15.2 (1994): 115-38.

Perkins, Cynthia. “Food and Culture: We are what we eat.” MFLA Newsletter 4.4 (1978): 8-14.

Pfister, Guenter G. “Creating Cross-Cultural Contrasts.” American Foreign Language Teacher 2.3 (1972): 39-41.

Phillips, J.K. “Developing Reading Proficiency in a Foreign language.” ACommunicative Syllabus. Ed. A. Papalia. Schenectady: New York State Association o f Foreign Language Teachers, 1985.

Page 214: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

213

Phillips, C.B. “Nurturing Diversity for Today's Children and Tomorrow's Leaders.” Young Children 43 (1988): 42-47.

Pica, Teresa P. “Communicative Language Teaching: An Aid to Second LanguageAcquisition? Some Insights from Classroom Research.” English Quarterly 21.2 (1988): 70-80.

Pinar, William. “Search for a Method.” Curriculum Theorizing: The Reconceptnahsts. Ed. William Pinar. Berkeley: McCutchan Pub. Corp., 1975. 415-424.

— . Understanding Curriculum as Phenomenological and Deconstructed Text. New York: Teachers College Press, 1992.

Politzer, Robert. “Developing Cultural Understanding Through Foreign Language Study.” Report o f the Fifth Annual Pound Table Meeting on linguistics and Language Teaching. Washington, D.C.: Georgetown University Press, 1959.

Popham, W. James, and Kenneth A. Sirotnik. Understanding Statistics in Education. Itasca: F.E. Peacock, 1992.

Prodromou, Luke. “What Culture? Which Culture? Cross-Cultural Factors in Language Learning.” E L I 46 (1992): 39-50.

Pruegger, Valerie J. The Effects o f Traditional Versus Experiential Training on theDevelopment o f Cross-Cultural Awareness. Calgary: The University o f Calgary, 1991.

— . “Cross-Cultural Sensitivity Training: Methods and Assessment.” International Journal of Tntercultural Relations 18.3 (1994): 369-387.

Ramirez, Amulfo G., and J.K. Hall. “Language and Culture in Secondary Spanish Textbooks.” The Modem Language Journal 74 (1990): 48-65.

—. “Culture in the Language Classroom.” Creating Contexts for Second Language Acquisition: Theory and Methods. White Plains: Longman, 1995. 58-83.

Rappaport, Joanne. “The Role o f an Anthropologist in L2 Teaching.” Issues in L2: Theory and Practice/Practice as Theory. Ed. Angela Labarca and Leslie M. Bailey. Norwood: Ablex, 1990. 247-257 o f Proceedings o f the 7th Delaware Symposium on Language Studies (October 1985).

Page 215: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

214

Richards, Jack C., John Platt, and Heidi Platt. Longman Dictionary o f T.angnagRTeaching and Applied Linguistics. Ed C.N. Candlin. Essex: Longman Group UK Limited, 1992.

—, and Charles Lockhart. Reflective Teaching in Second l anguage Classrooms. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1994.

Rivers, Wilga M. Teaching Foreign-Language Skills. Seconded. Chicago: The University o f Chicago Press, 1981.

—. “Developing International Competence for a Centripetal, Centrifugal World.” ADEL Bulletin 26.1 (1994): 25-33.

Roberts, Linda Pavian. “Attitudes o f Entering University Freshmen Toward Foreign Language Study: A Descriptive Analysis.” The Modem Language Journal 76 (1992): 275-283.

Robinson, G.L.N. “Culturally Diverse Speech Styles.” Interactive Language Teaching. Ed. W.M. Rivers. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1987.

Robinson-Stuart, Gail, and Honorine Nocon. “Second Culture Acquisition: Ethnography in the foreign Language Classroom.” The Modem Language Journal 80.4 (1996): 431-49.

Rosenbusch, Marcia H. “Is Knowledge o f Cultural Diversity Enough? Global Education in the Elementary School Foreign Language Program.” Foreign Language Annals 25.2(1992): 1992.

Rosnow, Ralph L., and D.J. David. “Demand Characteristics and the Psychological Experiment.” Et Cetera 34 (1977): 301-313.

Rynkiewich, Michael A , and James P. Spradley. “The Nacirema: A Neglected Culture.” The Nacirema: Readings on American Culture. Ed. James P. Spradley and, Michael A. Rynkiewich. Boston: Little, Brown and Company, 1975. 1-6.

Sadow, Stephen A. “Experiential Techniques that Promote Cross-Cultural Awareness.” Foreign Language Annals 20.1 (1987): 25-30.

Savignon, Sandra J. Communicative Competence: An Experiment in Foreign Language Teaching. Philadelphia: Center for Curriculum Development, 1972.

Page 216: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

215

Schludermann, et al. “Sociocultural Change and Adolescents' Attitudes towardThemselves and Others.” International Journal o f Behavioral Development 9.2 (1986): 129-52.

Schumann, J. “Social and Psychological Factors in Second Language Acquisition.”Understanding Second and Foreign Language T earning' Issues and Approaches. Ed. J. Richards. Rowley: Newbury House, 1978.

Seelye, H.N. Teaching Culture. Lincolnwood: National Textbook Company, 1984.

— . Teaching Culture: Strategies for Tntercnltural Communication. Skokie: National Textbook Co., 1991.

Selinker, Larry, “Interlanguage.” IRAL lO.August (1972): 209-231.

Shade, Barbara J., and Clara A. New. “Cultural Influences on Learning: TeachingImplications.” Multicultural Education: Issues and Perspectives. Ed. James A. Banks and Cherry A. McGee-Banks. Boston: Allyn and Bacon, 1993. 317-331.

Shane, Harold G. “Foreign Language Study for the World in Transition. The Language Connection: From the Classroom to the World.” ACTFL Foreign Language Education Series. Vol. 9,1977: ERIC Document 161 256.

Shaw, M.E., and J.M. Wright. Scales for the Measurement o f Attitudes. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1967.

Shor, Ira, and Paulo Freire. A Pedagogy for Liberation: Dialogues on Transforming Education. Granby: Bergin & Garvey, 1987.

— . “Education is Politics: Paulo Freire's Critical Pedagogy.” Paulo Freire: ACritical Encounter. Ed. Peter McLaren and Peter Leonard. London: Routledge, 1993.

— . “Education is Politics: Paulo Freire's Critical Pedagogy.” Paulo Freire: ACritical Encounter. Ed. Peter McLaren and Peter Leonard. London: Routledge, 1993. 25-35.

Simon, Roger I. Teaching Against the Grain: Texts for a Pedagogy o f Possibility. New York: Bergin & Garvey ̂ 1992.

Skinner, B.F. Beyond Freedom and Dignity. New York: Knopf, 1971.

Page 217: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

216

Sleeter, Christine. “Reflections on My Use o f Multicultural and Critical Pedagogy When Students are White.” Multicultural Education. Critical Pedagogy, and the Polities of Difference. Ed. Christine E. Sleeter and Peter L. McLaren. Albany: State University o f New York Press, 1995. 415-442.

Smith, L.E. Discourse Across Cultures: Strategies in World Englishes. Ed L.E. Smith. New York: Prentice-Hall, 1987.

Stagich, Tim. “Cultural Context: The Key to Second Language Learning and Acquisition.” Educational Horizons .Winter (1995): 59-61.

Standards, National. Standards for Foreign Language T .earning: Preparing for the 21stCentury. Final Report o f the National Standards in Foreign language Education Project: Draft: 8-11-1995. 1995.

Stem, H.H. Fundamental Concepts o f Language Teaching. London: Oxford University Press, 1983.

— . Issues and Options in Language Teaching. Eds. Patrick Allen and Birgit Harley. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1992.

Taylor, H.D & J.L. Sorensen. “Culture Capsules.” Modem Language Journal. 45 (1961): 350-54.

Taylor, J.S. “Direct Classroom Teaching o f Cultural Concepts.” Perspectives for Teachers o f Latin American Culture. Ed. H.N. Seelye. Springfield: State Superintendent o f Public Instruction, 1970: 224.

Thomas, Jenny. “Cross-Cultural Pragmatic Failure.” Applied Linguistics 4.2 (1982): 91-112.

Thomlison, Dean T. “Effects o f a Study-Abroad Program on University Students: Toward a Predictive Theory o f Intercultural Contact.” Eric Doc. No. ED 332 629 (1991): 46.

Tran, Thanh V. “Sex Differences in English Language Acculturation and LearningStrategies among Vietnamese Adults Age 40 and over in the United States.” Sex Roles: A Journal o f Research 1988 19.1L12 (1988): 747-58.

Trandis, Harry C. The Analysis o f Subjective Culture. New York: John Wiley, 1972.

Valdes, J.M. Culture Bound. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1984.

Page 218: THE ROLE OF CULTURE: PROMOTING POSITIVE …arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/bitstream/10150/565577/1/AZU_TD... · Table 4.4 Descriptive Statistics and Results of /-tests on AMTB

217

Wade, Ira et al. “Teaching o f Western European Cultures.” Culture In LanguageLearning. Reports o f the Working Committees o f the Northeast Conference on the Teaching o f Foreign Languages. Ed. G. Reginald Bishop, Jr., 1960: ERIC Document: ED 014 938.

Wallerstein, Nina. “Problem-Posing Education: Freire's Method for Transformation.” Freire for the Classroom; A Sourcebook for Liheratory Teaching. Ed. Ira Shor. Portsmouth: Boynton/Cook, 1987.

Waxman, Hersholt C. “Improving the Quality o f Classroom Instruction for Students atRisk o f Failure in Urban Schools.” Peabody Journal o f Education 70.2 (1995): 44- 65.

Web, Michael W. “Cross-Cultural Awareness: A Framework for Interaction.” The Personnel and Guidance Journal .April (1983): 498-500.

Webber, Mark J. “The Role o f Culture in a Competence-Based Syllabus.” Theory into Practice 26.4 (1987): 251-57.

— . “Intercultural Stereotypes and the Teaching o f German.” I Jnterrichtspraxis .Spring (1990): 132-141.

Wenden, Anita. I-earner Strategies for T.earner Autonomy. New York: Prentice Hall, 1991.

Widdowson, H.G. Teaching Language as Communication. London: Oxford University Press, 1978.

— . Explorations in Applied Linguistics. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1979.

Wildner-Bassett, Mary E. “A Video Visit to the Land o f Them: Commercials and Culture in the Classroom.” I Jnterri chtspraxi s .Spring (1990): 54-60.

Woodford, Protase. “A Common Metric for Language Proficiency: Final Report.” : ERIC, 1981. Vol. ED212165.

Yorky, R.C. Study Skills for Students o f English as a Second Language. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1970.